Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

EP1244628A1 - Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors - Google Patents

Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors

Info

Publication number
EP1244628A1
EP1244628A1 EP00986937A EP00986937A EP1244628A1 EP 1244628 A1 EP1244628 A1 EP 1244628A1 EP 00986937 A EP00986937 A EP 00986937A EP 00986937 A EP00986937 A EP 00986937A EP 1244628 A1 EP1244628 A1 EP 1244628A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
c6alkyl
phenyl
aryl
methylsulfonyl
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP00986937A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Denis Deschenes
Daniel Dube
Michel Gallant
Yves Girard
Patrick Lacombe
Dwight Macdonald
Anthony Mastracchio
Helene Perrier
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Merck Canada Inc
Original Assignee
Merck Frosst Canada and Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck Frosst Canada and Co filed Critical Merck Frosst Canada and Co
Publication of EP1244628A1 publication Critical patent/EP1244628A1/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/16—Central respiratory analeptics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/14—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to compounds that are substituted 8- arylquinolines.
  • this invention is directed to substituted 8-arylquinolines which are phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors wherein the aryl group at the 8-position contains a substituent substituted-alkenyl group.
  • Hormones are compounds that variously affect cellular activity. In many respects, hormones act as messengers to trigger specific cellular responses and activities. Many effects produced by hormones, however, are not caused by the singular effect of just the hormone. Instead, the hormone first binds to a receptor, thereby triggering the release of a second compound that goes on to affect the cellular activity. In this scenario, the hormone is known as the first messenger while the second compound is called the second messenger.
  • Cyclic adenosine monophosphate (adenosine 3', 5 '-cyclic monophosphate, "cAMP” or “cyclic AMP”) is known as a second messenger for hormones including epinephrine, glucagon, calcitonin, corticotrophin, lipotropin, luteinizing hormone, norepinephrine, parathyroid hormone, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and vasopressin.
  • cAMP mediates cellular responses to hormones.
  • Cyclic AMP also mediates cellular responses to various neurotransmitters .
  • PDE Phosphodiesterases
  • PDE4 Phosphodiesterases
  • A.H.Cook, et al., J.Chem. Soc, 413-417(1943) describes gamma- pyridylquinolines.
  • Other quinoline compounds are described in Kei Manabe et al., J. Org. Chem., 58(24):6692-6700( 993); Kei Manabe et al., J.Am. Chem. Soc. ,
  • 5,780,478 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are tetra- substituted phenyl derivatives.
  • International Patent Publication WO 96/00215 describes substituted oxime derivatives useful as PDE4 inhibitors.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,633,257 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are cyclo(alkyl and alkenyl)phenyl-alkenyl (aryl and heteroaryl) compounds.
  • the present invention is directed to novel substituted 8-arylquinolines that are PDE4 inhibitors, wherein the aryl group at the 8-position is substituted by a substituted-alkenyl group.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinpline and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention further provides a method of treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft
  • Fig. 1 is a chemical schematic drawing of the general structure of the compounds of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is a graph of Counts against °Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l-methyl- l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
  • Fig. 3 is a graph of Counts against °Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l-methyl- l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
  • Fig. 4 is a comparison of the X-ray Powder Diffractions of the Form A polymorph (bottom trace) and the Form B (upper trace) of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
  • Fig. 5 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l- methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
  • Fig. 5 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l- methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl
  • 6 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l- methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I):
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Ri is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -Ci-Cgalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl,
  • each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, -(Co-C6alkyi ⁇ Co-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl);
  • A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4;
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, heterocycloC3_6alkyl, -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SOn-(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C 6 alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -C ⁇ -C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
  • each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOrr(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Cl-C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
  • R4 is an aryl, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, heteroaryl, -CN, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -C ⁇ -C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
  • substituents wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, halogen, -C(O)(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)O(Co-C6alkyl), -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl), -OH, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, group; n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
  • R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Rl is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl,
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-.6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or
  • each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a -Ci-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino;
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Ci-C ⁇ alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
  • each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a -cycloC3-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO -(Ci-C6alkyl);
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Ci-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C 6 alkyl), or -C ⁇ -C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
  • each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a -Ci-C ⁇ alkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl);
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Ci-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
  • each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3- C ⁇ alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl);
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Ci-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Ci-C ⁇ alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
  • each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SOrr(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C -C ⁇ alkoxy, N-oxide,
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl,
  • alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a an -amino, -Ci-C ⁇ alkylamino, or -(C ⁇ -C6alkyi ⁇ C ⁇ -C6alkyl)amino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl);
  • A is CH;
  • R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -C ⁇ -C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl.
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cgalkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Rl is a -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkenyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Ci-C6alkylamino, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(
  • R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyi ⁇ Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) • substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, -C ⁇
  • R3 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, -
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkenyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkylamino, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(C()-C6alkyl), -NH-SO
  • R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- C ⁇ alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyi ⁇ Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, -Ci-
  • R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- C ⁇ alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyi ⁇ Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, -Ci-
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl,
  • alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkenyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Ci-C6alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl(oxy)C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C 6 alkyl), -NH-SOn-
  • A is CH
  • R2 is a carbonyl, optionally substituted with 1 substituent, wherein the substituent is an, aryl, heteroaryl, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -O-aryl,
  • R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, -Ci
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl,
  • alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkenyl, -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkylamino, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(C i-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SO
  • A is CH;
  • R2 is a carbamoyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ - C6alkyl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -Ci-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or
  • R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl,
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkenyl, -C -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl(oxy)C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl),
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 are each independently an aryl, optionally substituted, connected to each other by a thio, oxy, or (C ⁇ -C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Ci-C ⁇ alkenyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Ci-C6alkylamino, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl(oxy)C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SO
  • A is CH
  • R2 is a -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)-SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -C ⁇ -C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Ci-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or -C(
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkenyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkylamino, -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)(C ⁇ -C6alkyl)amino, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl(oxy)C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(
  • A is CH
  • R2 is a -C(O)N-(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -C ⁇ -C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Ci-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or -C(O)-N(
  • Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
  • Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C ⁇ -C6alkenyl, -Ci-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C 1 -C6alkylamino, -(C 1 -C6alkyl)(C 1 -C6alkyl)amino, -C 1 -C6alkyl(oxy)C 1 -C ⁇ alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(aryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl), -SO n NH(heteroaryl),
  • A is CH
  • R2 is -CN;
  • R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, - C ⁇ alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyi ⁇ Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C ⁇ -C6
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Ri is -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, -(Co
  • A is CH
  • R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C ⁇ -C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C
  • R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Ci-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
  • a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are each H;
  • Rl is -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO n -(C ⁇ -C6alkyl);
  • A is CH, R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C ⁇ -C6alkyl, -SO n -(Ci-C6alkyl), -SO n -(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Ci-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -
  • alkyl as well as other groups having the prefix “alk” such as, for example, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and the like, means carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and the like.
  • alkenyl alkynyl and other like terms include carbon chains containing at least one unsaturated C-C bond.
  • cycloalkyl means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms, and includes mono-, bi- and tricyclic saturated carbocycles, as well as fused ring systems.
  • fused ring systems can include one ring that is partially or fully unsaturated such as a benzene ring to form fused ring systems such as benzofused carbocycles.
  • Cycloalkyl includes such fused ring systems as spirofused ring systems.
  • cycloalkyl examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, decahydronaphthalene, adamantane, indanyl, indenyl, fluorenyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphalene and the like.
  • cycloalkenyl means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms and at least one non-aromatic C-C double bond, and include mono-, bi- and tricyclic partially saturated carbocycles, as well as benzofused cycloalkenes.
  • Examples of cycloalkenyl examples include cyclohexenyl, indenyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkyloxy unless specifically stated otherwise includes a cycloalkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
  • alkoxy unless specifically stated otherwise includes an alkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
  • aryl unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl.
  • aryloxy unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl, connected through the oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
  • Co-C6alkyl includes alkyls containing 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or no carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl with no carbon atoms is a hydrogen atom substituent or a direct bond - depending on whether the alkyl is a terminus or a bridging moiety.
  • hetero unless specifically stated otherwise includes one or more O, S, or N atoms.
  • heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl include ring systems that contain one or more O, S, or N atoms in the ring, including mixtures of such atoms.
  • the hetero atoms replace ring carbon atoms.
  • a heterocycloC5alkyl is a five membered ring containing from 5 to no carbon atoms.
  • heteroaryl examples include, for example, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzthienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl.
  • heteroaryloxy unless specifically stated otherwise describes a heteroaryl group connected through an oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
  • heteroaryl(C 1 - 6 )alkyl examples include, for example, furylmethyl, furylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, oxazolylethyl, isoxazolylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl, thiazolylethyl, imidazolylmethyl, imidazolylethyl, benzimidazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylethyl, thiadiazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylethyl, triazolylmethyl, triazolylethyl, tetrazolylmethyl, tetrazolylethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylethyl, pyridazinylmethyl, pyrimidinylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl, isoquinolinylmethyl and qui
  • heterocycloC -7 alkyl examples include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, and thiomorpholinyl.
  • Examples of aryl(C 1-6 )alkyl include, for example, phenyl(C 1-6 )alkyl, and naphthyl(C 1-6 )alkyl.
  • Examples of heterocycloC -7 alkylcarbonyl(C 1-6 )alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl carbonyl(C 1-6 )alkyl, pyrrolidinyl carbonyl(C 1 - 6 )alkyl, piperidinyl carbonyl(C 1-6 )alkyl, piperazinyl carbonyl(C 1 _ 6 )alkyl, morpholinyl carbonyl(C 1 - 6 )alkyl, and thiomorpholinyl carbonyl(C 1-6 )alkyl.
  • amine unless specifically stated otherwise includes primary, secondary and tertiary amines.
  • carbamoyl is used to include -NHC(O)OC ⁇ -C4alkyl, and -OC(O)NHC ⁇ -C4alkyl.
  • halogen includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
  • optionally substituted is intended to include both substituted and unsubstituted.
  • optionally substituted aryl could represent a pentafluorophenyl or a phenyl ring.
  • the substitution can be made at any of the groups.
  • substituted aryl(C 1-6 )alkyl includes substitution on the aryl group as well as substitution on the alkyl group.
  • Compounds described herein contain one or more double bonds and may thus give rise to cis/trans isomers as well as other conformational isomers.
  • the present invention includes all such possible isomers as well as mixtures of such isomers.
  • Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers.
  • the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the above Formula I is shown without a definitive stereochemistry at certain positions.
  • the present invention includes all stereoisomers of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Further, mixtures of stereoisomers as well as isolated specific stereoisomers are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
  • salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids.
  • the compound of the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases.
  • Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines.
  • Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanoI, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N- ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethyl
  • the compound of the present invention When the compound of the present invention is basic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
  • Such acids include, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
  • Particularly preferred are benzenesulfonic, citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
  • compositions of the present invention comprise a compound represented by Formula I (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants.
  • additional therapeutic ingredients include, for example, i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) corticosteroids, iv) HI receptor antagonists, v) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) statins, viii) non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs ("NSAID”), and ix) M2/M3 antagonists.
  • NSAID non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs
  • compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • Creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions containing the compound of Formula I can be employed for topical use. Mouth washes and gargles are included within the scope of topical use for the purposes of this invention.
  • Dosage levels from about O.OOlmg/kg to about 140mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of conditions such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid
  • inflammation may be effectively treated by the administration of from about O.Olmg to 50mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5mg to about 2.5g per patient per day.
  • PDE4 inhibiting compounds of this invention can be administered at prophylactically effective dosage levels to prevent the above-recited conditions.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a formulation intended for the oral administration to humans may conveniently contain from about 0.5mg to about 5g of active agent, compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition.
  • Unit dosage forms will generally contain between from about O.Olmg to about lOOOmg of the active ingredient, typically O.Olmg, 0.05mg, 0.25mg, lmg, 5mg, 25mg, 50mg, lOOmg, 200mg, 300mg, 400mg, 500mg, 600mg, 800mg or lOOOmg.
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
  • the compounds represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of this invention can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous).
  • compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the compound represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices.
  • the compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy.
  • such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients.
  • the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.
  • compositions of this invention may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Formula I.
  • the compounds of Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
  • the pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas.
  • solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid.
  • liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water.
  • gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
  • any convenient pharmaceutical media may be employed.
  • water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
  • carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets.
  • tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed.
  • tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques
  • a tablet containing the composition of this invention may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • Each tablet preferably contains from about 0. Img to about 500mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule preferably containing from about O.lmg to about 500mg of the active ingredient.
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration may be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water.
  • a suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions.
  • the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, or the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations may be prepared, utilizing a compound represented by Formula I of this invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
  • compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories may be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in moulds.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described above may include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives, (including anti-oxidants) and the like.
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives, (including anti-oxidants) and the like.
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives, (including anti-oxidants) and the like.
  • additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives, (including anti-oxidants) and the like.
  • other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood
  • another aspect of the invention is the treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft
  • the compound of this invention can be utilized in combination with other therapeutic compounds.
  • the combinations of the PDE4 inhibiting compound of this invention can be advantageously used in combination with i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) COX-2 selective inhibitors, iv) statins, v) NSAIDs, vi) M2/M3 antagonists, vii) corticosteroids, viii) HI (histamine) receptor antagonists and ix) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonist.
  • the compound of this invention can be formed as a metabolite in the mammalian system.
  • Example 19 (5- ⁇ (E)-2-(3 - ⁇ 6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl] - 8-quinolinyl ⁇ phenyl)- 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl ⁇ -l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol:
  • the present invention includes prodrugs that form PDE4 inhibitors in vivo as a metabolite after administering such prodrugs to a mammal. Further, this invention includes a method of treatment by a step of administering a prodrug to form in vivo an effective amount of a PDE4 inhibitor described by Formula I.
  • the abbreviations used herein have the following tabulated meanings. Abbreviations not tabulated below have their meanings as commonly used unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • Whole blood provides a protein and cell-rich milieu appropriate for the study of biochemical efficacy of anti-inflammatory compounds such as PDE4- selective inhibitors.
  • Normal non-stimulated human blood does not contain detectable levels of TNF- ⁇ and LTB4.
  • activated monocytes Upon stimulation with LPS, activated monocytes express and secrete TNF- ⁇ up to 8 hours and plasma levels remain stable for 24 hours.
  • LTB4 synthesis is also sensitive to levels of intracellular cAMP and can be completely inhibited by PDE4-selective inhibitors.
  • the blood was then challenged with either lO ⁇ L of PBS (blank) or 10/ ⁇ L of fMLP (l ⁇ M final concentration, #F-3506 (Sigma); diluted in 1% w/v BSA (in PBS)) for 15 minutes at 37°C.
  • the blood samples were centrifuged at 1500xg for 10 minutes at 4°C to obtain plasma.
  • a 50 ⁇ L aliquot of plasma was mixed with 200/ L methanol for protein precipitation and centrifuged as above.
  • the supernatant was assayed for LTB4 using an enzyme immunoassay kit (#520111 from Cayman Chemical Co., Ann
  • TNF- ⁇ was assayed in diluted plasma (in PBS) using an ELISA kit (Cistron Biotechnology, Pine Brook, NI) according to manufacturer's procedure.
  • the IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.04 ⁇ M to 8.71 ⁇ M.
  • BAL bronchial alveolar lavages
  • the reaction was initiated by the addition of lOmL of human recombinant PDE4 (the amount was controlled so that -10% product was formed in lOmin.). The reaction was stopped after lOmin. by the addition of Img of PDE-SPA beads
  • IC50 value was approximated with a non-linear regression fit using the standard 4-parameter/multiple binding sites equation from a ten point ti tration.
  • the IC50 values of Examples 1-42 were determined with lOOnM cAMP using the purified GST fusion protein of the human recombinant phosphodiesterase IVa (met-248) produced from a baculovirus/Sf-9 expression system.
  • the IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.14nM to 10.24nM, although one example had an IC50 value of 109nM.
  • Polymorphism may result in isolation of materials with different melting points in some preparations.
  • the structure and purity of all final products were assured by at least one of the following techniques: TLC, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry or microanalytical data. Yields are given for illustration only.
  • NMR data is in the form of delta (6) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 300 MHz, 400 MHz or 500 MHz using the indicated solvent.
  • TMS tetramethylsilane
  • Conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. broad; etc.
  • the alcohol intermediate II may be prepared by the reaction of an aryl or heteroaryl metallic species III such as an organomagnesium halide with 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (A) in an organic solvent such as THF.
  • the alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared by treatment an aryl or heteroaryl hydride or bromide IV with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde.
  • the alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared by the following chemical transformations: 1) Treatment of an aryl or heteroaryl dihydride, halide-hydride or dihalide V with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde; 2) Subsequent treatment with a base or an organometallic such as ⁇ -butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde, where the first or the second transformation must use 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde as the electrophile.
  • the sulfone-alcohol VI may be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide- alcohol II with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H 2 ⁇ .
  • the ketones VII and VIII may be prepared by the oxidation of the alcohols II and VI, respectively, with an oxidizing agent such as MnO 2 in a solvent such as CH 2 C1 2 .
  • the sulfone-ketone VIII may also be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide-ketone VII with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H 2 O.
  • Ketone Kl (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-(methylsulf onyl)]phenyl ketone
  • Step 1 (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone
  • 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide 1.0M in THF, 19.7ml, 19.7mmol
  • Step 2 (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
  • the (4-Fluorophenyl)[4- methylthio)phenyl]ketone - from the present step 1 (2.0g, 8.1mmol) in
  • Ketone K2 ( 1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl) [4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone Ketone K2 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol
  • N-methylimidazole (lO.Og, 122mmol) in 500mL THF at -78°C was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 48.7ml, 118mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for 30min.
  • 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde 14.73ml, HOmmol was then added at -78°C and the mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with NH C1 (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO 3 (sat.), brine).
  • Step 2 (1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone
  • EtOAc 250ml
  • CH 2 C1 2 250ml
  • MnO 2 140g, 1.66mol
  • Ketone K3 was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Step 3 (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone To a solution of (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone from the present step 2
  • Ketone K4 ( 1 ,3-Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone
  • Ketone K4 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a -78°C solution of thiazole (5.0g, 58.7mmol) in THF (250ml) was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 23.5ml, 58.7mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for lOmin. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.1ml, 53.4mmol) was then added at -78°C. The resulting mixture was stirred until completion, and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NBUC1.
  • Step 2 (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone
  • EtOAc 250ml
  • MnO 2 70g, 843mmol
  • Ketone K5 (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
  • Ketone K5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of K4 (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone (8.2g, 34.7mmol) in
  • Ketone K6 [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
  • Step 1 [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4- (methylthio)phenyl]ketone
  • n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3ml, 12.3mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at 25°C for lOmin and quenched with acetone (3.0ml). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO 3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO and concentrated. The residue was then treated with MnO 2 (20.4g, 235mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (250ml) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was then filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc).
  • Ketone K7 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
  • Ketone K7 was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Step 1 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol
  • 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine 738mg, l.leq
  • 4-(thiomethyl)benzaldehyde 738mg, l.leq
  • the solution was warmed to rt.
  • NH 4 CI (sat.) was added, then water and EtOAc.
  • the organic phase was separated, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated.
  • the (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol was obtained by precipitation with ether/hexane and was used without further purification for the next step.
  • Step 2 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone Kl above but substituting the sulfide (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone as the starting material, (6- Methyl-3-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
  • Step 3 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone K2 above but substituting the (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol from the present step 2 for (l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone K7 was obtained.
  • Ketone K8 (5-Methyl-2-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ketone
  • Ketone K8 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromo-5-methylpyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
  • Ketone K9 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 4-bromothioanisole for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine and using twice the amount of Oxone in the sulfide-oxidation step.
  • Ketone K10 (2-Pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K10 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromopyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
  • step 2 of ketone Kl substituting the sulfide - that is, [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4- (methylthio)phenyl]methanol - from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ketone as the starting material, [5-(l -Hydroxy- l-methylethyl)-2- pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
  • the aryl bromides IX and X may be prepared by treatment of the benzyl phosphonium bromide XI with a base such as t-BuOK or LiHMDS in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by the addition of the ketone VII or VIII to the reaction mixture.
  • the sulfide in IX may be converted to the sulfone X by treatment with oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/ ⁇ 2 O.
  • the boronate ester XII can be prepared by heating the aryl bromide X with pinacol diborane in the presence of a base such as KOAc and a catalyst such as PdCl 2 (dppf) in a solvent such as DMF.
  • Boronate Bl was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Step 1 (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethene
  • 3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (10.2g, 19.9mmol) in THF (200mL) and CH 3 CN (50mL) at 25°C was added t-BuOK (1.0M in THF, 19.9mL, 19.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min.
  • To this resulting ylide was then added at 25°C the ketone K2 (4.4g, 18.9mmol).
  • Step 2 (E)-2-(3 -Bromophenyl)- 1 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-2-yl)- 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene
  • Step 3 Pinacol 3- ⁇ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl Jphenylboronate
  • Step 1 (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethene
  • Step 2 (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethene
  • a solution of the sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3- thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (24.8g, 63.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2 ⁇ (600/300/300 ml) was added Oxone (78.5g, 128mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at r.t.
  • Step 3 Pinacol 3- ⁇ (E/Z)-2-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
  • Step 2 Pinacol 3- ⁇ (E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl ⁇ phenylboronate
  • step 3 for boronate Bl but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-l-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethylene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l- methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B3 was obtained.
  • Boronate B4 was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Step 1 (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-[5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2- pyridinyl] - 1 - [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ethene
  • (E)-2-(3- Bromophenyl)- 1 - [5 -( 1 -hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] - 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyljethene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography.
  • Step 2 Pinacol 3- ⁇ (E)-2-(5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl ⁇ phenylboronate
  • the nitrile intermediate Xllla may be prepared by the alkylation of 4-methoxyphenol with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent such as acetone.
  • the amide-oxime XIV may be prepared by treatment of the nitrile XIII with hydroxyl amine in a solvent such as methanol in the presence of a base such as sodium acetate.
  • Formation of the oxadizole XVI may be achieved by activation of the arylacetic acid XV with carbonyldiimidazole in a solvent such as DMF followed by the addition of the amide- oxime XIV and subsequent heating of the reaction mixture.
  • condensation of the aldehyde XVII by heating with the arylacetic acid XV in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene produces the unsaturated acid XVIIIa.
  • Formation of the acid chloride of XVIIIa in situ by treatment with thionyl chloride and a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as toluene is followed by the addition of an amine to the reaction mixture to yield the amide XVIIIb.
  • the oxadiazole-ethene XVIIIc may be formed by heating OXl with XVII in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene.
  • Aryl Bromide ABI was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (12.9g, 70mmol) in toluene (lOOmL) was added 4- (methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmol) and piperidine (2mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the slurry thus formed, toluene was added (10 mL) . Filtration gave (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid as a white solid.
  • Aryl Bromide AB2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of ABI (24.9g, 65mmol) in toluene (250mL) was added thionyl chloride (14.3mL, 196mmol) and triethylamine (34mL, 245mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 0.5h., isopropyl amine (28mL, 327mmol) was added. After a further 2h at r.t., the mixture was cooled to 0°C and was neutralised with saturated NF1 4 CI solution, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H 2 O, brine), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • Aryl Bromide AB3 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting ammonium hydroxide for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
  • Aryl Bromide AB4 (E)-N-(t-Butyl)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
  • Aryl Bromide AB4 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting t-butyl amine for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
  • Step 2 (Scheme 4): (E)-l-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (2.2g, 11.9mmol) in toluene
  • treatment of the bromomethyl compound XIX with a nucleophile such as sodium methanesulfinate or potassium cyanide in a solvent such as DMF or a mixture of DMF and water can be used to produce the compounds XXa.
  • the compound XXb may be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF.
  • the compound XXc may be prepared by treatment of XXb with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF.
  • a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.3 equivalents) and methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF, followed by an additional amount of methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) and an additional amount of the same base (1.0 equivalents).
  • 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline 60g, 200mmol
  • sodium methanesulfinate 27.6g, 270mmol
  • Bromoquinoline Q2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Ql (16. Ig, 54mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78°C, was added potassium t-butoxide (59mL, IN in THF). After 0.5h at -78°C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 45min and then transferred by canula dropwise into a solution of Mel (16.7mL , 268.3mmol) in THF (160mL).
  • Bromoquinoline Q3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q2 (15.7g, 50mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78°C, was added potassium t-butoxide (55mL, IN in THF). After stirring 0.5h at -78°C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 45min and then transfered dropwise into a solution of Mel (15.6mL, 250mmol) in THF (40mL) at 0°C.
  • 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q4 was prepared by the following procedure. DMF (lOmL) and H 2 O (5mL) were added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (3g, lOmmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and potassium cyanide (1.6g, 25mmol). After heating at 100°C for 1 hour, the resulting mixture was quenched with H 2 O (lOOmL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H 2 O, brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline.
  • Bromoquinoline Q5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q4 (3g, 12.1mmol) in THF (lOOmL) at -78°C, was added Mel (1.7mL, 27mmol) followed by potassium t-butoxide (27mL, 27mmol). After 2h at -78°C, the mixture was warmed to 0°C and was neutralised with saturated NFJ CI solution then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H 2 O, brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-[l-methyl-l-cyanoethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
  • the arylquinolines of the formula XXII may be prepared by coupling bromoquinoline XX with the boronic acid XXI by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(PPh ) 4 and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as a DME.
  • the alcohol XXII may be converted to the bromide XXIII by treatment with HBr (aq) in a solvent such as acetic acid.
  • the alcohol XXII may be converted to the methyl sulfonate ester XXIV by methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • the benzyl phosphorous reagents XXV may be prepared either by heating XXIII in the presence of PPh 3 in a solvent such as acetonitrile or by treating XXIII or XXIV with diethylphosphite and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
  • Benzylphosphonium Bromide PI was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Benzylphosphonate P2 was prepared by the following procedure. The bromomethyl compound from from step 2 above of the synthesis of PI (11.34g, leq) was dissolved in THF (170mL). Diethylphosphite (3.87mL, 1.05eq) was added and the solution was cooled down to 0°C. Next, t-BuOK (3.87mL, IN in THF) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred 2h and the quenched by addition of NILC sat), water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and washed with brine, dried over MgSO and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 1/9) gave Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate as a clear oil.
  • Step 3 Diethyl 3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8- quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate
  • diethylphosphite 2.5mL, 18mmol
  • THF lOOmL
  • IM potassium t-butoxide
  • the compound XXVI may be obtained by adding a solution of the ketone VII in a solvent such as THF to a mixture of the benzylphosphorous reagent XXV and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
  • the compounds corresponding to the formula I may then be prepared by treating XXVI with oxone in a mixture of solvents such as THF/MeOH/water.
  • the compounds of formula I may be prepared by reacting the ketone VIII with XXV in the presence of a base such as potassium t- butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
  • compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared by in situ conversion of the aryl bromide XVIII to the corresponding boronate ester by heating with diboron pinacol ester, a catalyst such as [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) and a base such as potassium acetate in a solvent such as DMF, followed by the addition of the bromoquinoline XX, an additional amount of the same catalyst, an additional amount of a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) and an additional period of heating.
  • a catalyst such as [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) and a base such as potassium acetate in a solvent such as DMF
  • the aldehyde XXVII may be prepared by heating the bromoquinoline XX, 3- formylbenzeneboronic acid, a catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 ) and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as DME.
  • the aldehyde XXVII may be converted to Example 18 by heating with XVI in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene.
  • Example 19 may be obtained by treatment of Example 18 with cerric ammonium nitrate ("CAN") in a mixture of solvents such as acetonitrile/water.
  • CAN cerric ammonium nitrate
  • the aldehyde XXVII may be converted to the unsaturated acid XXVIII by heating with XV and a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene.
  • the acid XXVIII may then be converted to the amide I (Example 27, 28 and 29) by treatment with a coupling system such as EDCI, HOBt, and an amine in a solvent such as DMF.
  • Scheme 10 describes how compounds of formula I may be obtained by coupling the bromoquinoline XX with the boronate ester XII in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(OAc) 2 , PPh 3 , and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as n-propanol.
  • a catalyst such as Pd(OAc) 2 , PPh 3
  • a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as n-propanol.
  • Examples 1 and 2 were prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of benzylphosphonate P2 (330mg, 0.83mmol) and ketone K3 (200mg,
  • Example 1 was the less polar Z-isomer and Example 2 was the more polar E-isomer.
  • Example 1 NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-_? 6 ) d 8.79 (q, IH), 8.28 (q, IH), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, IH), 7.6-7.1 (m, 14H), 3.14 (m, IH), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
  • Example 3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a suspension of the benzylphosphonium bromide PI (320mg, 0.531mmol) in 2.5mL THF at -78°C was added t-BuOK (l.OM in THF, 0.55mL, 0.55mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred 30min at 0°C . To this ylide at -78°C was then added ketone K5 (122mg, 0.455mmol) in 2mL of THF dropwise. The mixture was warmed to r.t., then stired for lh, quenched with a NH 4 CI (sat.) and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Silica cartridge, Hex/EtOAc 10 to 100% in 20min) yielded Example 3 (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
  • Example 4 was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Step 1 6-isopropyl-8-(3- ⁇ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylthio)phenyl] ethenyl ⁇ phenyl)quinoline
  • Step 2 6-isopro ⁇ yl-8-(3- ⁇ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl ⁇ phenyl)quinoline
  • Examples 5 and 6 were prepared by the following procedure. Following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone Kl for K3 as the starting material, and purification by flash chromatography (50%EtOAc/50%Hexanes) yielded Examples 5 and 6.
  • Example 7 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 as the starting material. Purification by flash chromatography (100%EtOAc) yielded Example 7 as a mixture of isomers.
  • Example 8 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 and the benzyl phosponate P3 for P2 as the starting materials. Purification by flash chromatography (20%CH 2 Cl 2 /80%EtOAc) yielded Example 8 as a mixture of isomers.
  • Step 1 2-methyl-2-[8-(3- ⁇ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl ⁇ phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K2 for K3 and the benzyl phosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
  • Step 2 2-methyl-2-[8-(3- ⁇ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
  • Example 9 was prepared by following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate Bl (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in present step 1 for (E/Z)-2-(3- Bromophenyl)- 1-( 1 -methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 1 - [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material.
  • Example 9 was obtained after purification by flash chromatography (97%EtOAc/3%Et 3 N).
  • Example 10 was prepared by the following procedure. A mixture of bromoquinoline Q2 (105mg, 0.33mmol), boronate B2 (236mg, 0.5 lmmol), Na 2 CO 3 (2M, 0.65mL, 1.3mmol), Pd(OAc) 2 (6.3mg, 0.028mmol) and PPh 3 (28mg, 0.1 lmmol) in 4mL of n-propanol was stirred at 90°C for 2h. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • Example 10 Single isomer as a white solid.
  • NMR 1H 400MHz, Acetone-t 6 ) d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.39 (dd, IH), 8.07 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, IH), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, IH), 7.45 (s, IH) 7.34 (t, IH), 7.18 (d, IH), 4.67 (q, IH), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H)
  • Example 11 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and using boronate B2. Flash chromatography (Tol/ Acetone; 9/1) and stirring in EtO Ac/Hex yielded Example 11 (single isomer) as a white solid.
  • Example 12 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 using the bromoquinoline Q2 but substituting the boronate Bl for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%CH 2 Cl 2 /5%EtOH) yielded the Example 12 compound.
  • Example 13 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting the bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting the boronate Bl for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%EtO Ac/5% Et 3 N) produced Example 13 (single isomer) as a foam.
  • Example 15 Examples 14 and 15 were prepared by the following procedure. A solution of the aryl bromide AB5 (249mg, 0.57mmol), diboron pinacol ester (167mg, 0.66mmol), [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmol) and potassium acetate (176mg, 1.8mmol) in DMF (N,N- Dimethylformamide) (lOmL) was degassed and stirred at 80°C for 3h.
  • DMF N,N- Dimethylformamide
  • Example 14 can be made by the following procedure: Step 1. Skraup Reaction
  • the mixture was cooled to 70-90°C and diluted with water. The solution was then cooled to about 20°C, and neutralized with aqueous NaOH and sodium bicarbonate. MTBE (methyl t-butyl ether) was added and the mixture was filtered and the phases were separated (the product was in the MTBE layer).
  • MTBE methyl t-butyl ether
  • Step 2 Bromination
  • the MTBE solution from step 1 was solvent switched to chlorobenzene. After filtered through Silica gel and partially concentrated, N- bromosuccinimide (NBS, 0.6-0.8 equiv) and 2,2'-azobisisobutylnitrile (AIBN, 0.01- 0.1 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at 55-85°C. The resulting mixture was diluted with cyclohexane. Additional NBS (0.3-0.5 equiv) and AIBN (0.01-0.05 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at about 55-85°C until reaction completed. The mixture was cooled at 10-40°C and diluted with cyclohexane and aged. The solid was isolated by filtration.
  • NBS N- bromosuccinimide
  • AIBN 2,2'-azobisisobutylnitrile
  • Step 4 Methylation A solution of the sulfone (product from the previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was cooled to about -10 to 0°C. Sodium t-butoxide ( ⁇ 1 equiv) was added . A solution of methyl iodide/DMF solution ( ⁇ 1 equiv of Mel) was added slowly while maintaining temperature at about -10 to 0°C.
  • Step 6 Oxadiazole To the mixture of hydroxy benzotriazole (“HOBt”) hydrate (1-1.5 equiv), 4-methylsulfonylphenylacetic acid (1 equiv) in acetonitrile was added EDC hydrochioride (1-1.5 equiv). The slurry was aged at about 20-30°C for 30min.
  • HOBt hydroxy benzotriazole
  • EDC hydrochioride 1-1.5 equiv
  • N-OH compounds such as N-hydroxyphthalimide, 2- hydroxypyridine N-oxide, N-hydroxysuccinimide, can also be used to replace HOBt.
  • carbodiimides such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and diisopropylcarbodiimide can be used to replace EDC hydrochioride (ethyl dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide hydrochioride).
  • Example 16 Example 17 Examples 16 and 17 were prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials. Examples 16 and 17 were obtained as a 4:1 mixture.
  • Example 18 was prepared by the following procedure.
  • Step 2 (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime
  • 4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime A mixture of the (4-methoxyphenoxy) acetonitrile product (5.0g, 3 lmmol) from step 1, hydroxylamine hydrochioride (4.3g, 62mmol) and sodium acetate (5.1g, 62mmol) in MeOH (lOOmL) was stirred at r.t. for 2h. The resulting mixture was filtered on
  • Step 4 3- ⁇ 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl ⁇ benzaldehyde
  • Step 5 8-(3- ⁇ (E)-2- ⁇ 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-l,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-yl ⁇ -2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl ⁇ phenyl)-6-[l-methyl-l- (methylsulf onyl)ethyl] quinoline
  • Example 18 A mixture of the product from present step 4 (150mg, 0.42mmol), the oxadiazole OX2 from present step 3 above (175mg, 0.47mmol) and piperidine (O.lrnL, l.Ommol) in toluene (0.6mL) was heated at 120°C for 3h. The mixture was purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) to yield Example 18 as a foam.
  • Example 19 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of the Example 18 compound (250mg, 0.35mmol) in acetonitrile:water (4:1, 8 mL) was added CAN (330mg, 0.62mmol) in two portions at r.t. After 3h at r.t., the mixture was diluted with saturated NaHCO 3 solution, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O), (brine), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • Example 20 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for AB5, and using the bromoquinoline Q3, as the starting materials.
  • Example 21 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide ABI for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
  • Example 22 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5 and substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
  • Example 23 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB3 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained.
  • Example 24 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting, the aryl bromide AB4 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
  • Example 25 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide ABI for AB5, and 5-isopropyl- 8-bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication WO9422852) for Q3, as the starting materials.
  • Example 26 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5, and substituting 5-isopropyl-8- bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication O9422852) for Q3 as the starting materials.
  • Step 1 (E)-3-(3- ⁇ 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl ⁇ phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid
  • Step 2 (E)-3-(3- ⁇ 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl ⁇ phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-l-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-2-propen-l-one
  • Example 28 was prepared by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting cyclopropyl amine for pyrrolidine, thus yielding a white solid.
  • Example 29 was prepared as a white solid by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting t-butyl amine amine for pyrrolidine.
  • Example 30 was prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of the benzylphosphonate P2 (lOOmg, 0.25mmol), 4,4-dichlorobenzophenone (63mg, 0.25mmol),) in THF (2mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (IM, THF, 0.35mL, 0.35mmol). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water/NEL t Cl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H 2 O), (brine), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 8:2) yielded Example 30 as a white foam.
  • IM potassium t-butoxide
  • Example 32 Examples 31 and 32 were prepared by followmg the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K7 for 4,4 - dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
  • Examples 33 and 34 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4 - dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
  • Example 35 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
  • Example 37 Examples 36 and 37 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4 - dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
  • Example 38 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4 '-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
  • Example 39 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K10 for 4,4 -dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
  • Examples 41 and 42 were prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate B3 for boronate B2.
  • Example 42 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate B4 for boronate B2.
  • Example 43 was prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB6 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
  • salts are often desirable. Examples of such salts are described below:
  • Salts of the compounds of this invention that are basic may be prepared in several ways:
  • SULFURIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND The sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.00 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, sulfuric acid (1.04 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring. The resulting suspension was stirred a further 40 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound.
  • the methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, methanesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring. The resulting suspension was stirred, allowed to concentrate by evaporation and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ether to give the methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound.
  • the p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly. The solution was concentrated and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 3 days. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound), mp 184-185 °C.
  • 2-NAPHTHALENESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND The 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly, followed by ethanol. Toluene was then added to the solution, followed by concentration. More toluene was then added and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 24h. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with toluene to give the 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound, mp 202-204 °C.
  • the hydrochioride salt of the example 43 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in ethyl acetate with heating and sonication. After cooling the solution to room temperature, HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4M, 1.0 equiv) was added while stirring. The suspension was stirred for a further 5 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration to give the mono-hydrochloride salt of the example 43 compound.
  • XRPD X-ray Powder Diffraction
  • Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in a mixture of isopropyl acetate (i-PrOAc) and methanol (1:1) was added benzenesulfonic acid (1- 1.2 equiv).
  • benzenesulfonic acid (1- 1.2 equiv).
  • Other esters may be used in place of i-PrOAc and other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of methanol.
  • the mixture was aged at 20 - 50 °C until the solids dissolved.
  • the resulting solution was filtered and distilled while the volume was maintained by addition of a 9: 1 (v/v) mixture of i- PrOAc/methanol.
  • the product crystallized during the distillation.
  • the XRPD Spectrogram for the Form B is shown in Fig. 2.
  • the identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 5.
  • the spectra are compared in Fig. 3 with the identifying peaks pointed out by arrows.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

Novel substituted 8-arylquinolines represented by Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein S1, S2 and S3 are independently H, -OH; halogen, -C1-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -C1-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; R1 is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C1-C6alkenyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C1-C6alkylamino, -(C1-C6alkyl)(C1-C6alkyl)amino, -C1-C6alkyl(oxy)C1-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl) (C0-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -(C1-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkal) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C0-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -C1-C6alkoxy, -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl); A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4; R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-6alkyl, -C1-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -C1-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl), or -C1-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -C1-C6alkyl, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, C1-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-C6alkoxy, -C1-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(C1-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(C1-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (C1-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; are PDE4 inhibitors.

Description

TITLE OF THE INVENTION
SUBSTITUTED 8-ARYLQUINOLINE PHOSPHODIESTERASE-4 INHj-BITORS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to compounds that are substituted 8- arylquinolines. In particular, this invention is directed to substituted 8-arylquinolines which are phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors wherein the aryl group at the 8-position contains a substituent substituted-alkenyl group.
RELATED BACKGROUND
Hormones are compounds that variously affect cellular activity. In many respects, hormones act as messengers to trigger specific cellular responses and activities. Many effects produced by hormones, however, are not caused by the singular effect of just the hormone. Instead, the hormone first binds to a receptor, thereby triggering the release of a second compound that goes on to affect the cellular activity. In this scenario, the hormone is known as the first messenger while the second compound is called the second messenger. Cyclic adenosine monophosphate (adenosine 3', 5 '-cyclic monophosphate, "cAMP" or "cyclic AMP") is known as a second messenger for hormones including epinephrine, glucagon, calcitonin, corticotrophin, lipotropin, luteinizing hormone, norepinephrine, parathyroid hormone, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and vasopressin. Thus, cAMP mediates cellular responses to hormones. Cyclic AMP also mediates cellular responses to various neurotransmitters .
Phosphodiesterases ("PDE") are a family of enzymes that metabolize 3', 5' cyclic nucleotides to 5' nucleoside monophosphates, thereby terminating cAMP second messenger activity. A particular phosphodiesterase, phosphodiesterase-4 ("PDE4", also known as "PDE-IV"), which is a high affinity, cAMP specific, type IV PDE, has generated interest as potential targets for the development of novel anti- asthmatic and anti-inflammatory compounds. PDE4 is known to exist as at lease four isoenzymes, each of which is encoded by a distinct gene. Each of the four known PDE4 gene products is believed to play varying roles in allergic and/or inflammatory responses. Thus, it is believed that inhibition of PDE4, particularly the specific PDE4 isoforms that produce detrimental responses, can beneficially affect allergy and inflammation symptoms. It would be desirable to provide novel compounds and compositions that inhibit PDE4 activity.
A major concern with the use of PDE4 inhibitors is the side effect of emesis which has been observed for several candidate compounds as described in CBurnouf et al., ("Burnouf" ), Ann. Rep. In Med. Chem., 33:91-109(1998). B.Hughes et al., Br. J.Pharmacol., 118:1183-1191(1996); M.J.Perry et al., Cell Biochem.
Biophys., 29:113-132(1998); S.B.Christensen et al., J.Med. Chem., 41:821-835(1998); and Burnouf describe the wide variation of the severity of the undesirable side effects exhibited by various compounds. As described in M.D.Houslay et al., Adv. In Pharmacol, 44:225-342(1998) and D.Spina et al., Adv. In Pharmacol, 44:33- 89(1998), there is great interest and research of therapeutic PDE4 inhibitors.
International Patent Publication WO9422852 describes quinolines as PDE4 inhibitors.
A.H.Cook, et al., J.Chem. Soc, 413-417(1943) describes gamma- pyridylquinolines. Other quinoline compounds are described in Kei Manabe et al., J. Org. Chem., 58(24):6692-6700( 993); Kei Manabe et al., J.Am. Chem. Soc. ,
115(12):5324-5325(1993); and Kei Manabe et al., JΛm. Chem. Soc, 114(17 :6940- 6941(1992).
Compounds that include ringed systems are described by various investigators as effective for a variety of therapies and utilities. For example, International Patent Publication No. WO 98/25883 describes ketobenzamides as calpain inhibitors, European Patent Publication No. EP 811610 and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,679,712, 5,693,672 and 5, 747, 541 describe substituted benzoylguanidine sodium channel blockers, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,297 describes ring systems useful as a photosensitive composition. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,491,147, 5,608,070, 5,622,977, 5,739,144,
5,776,958, 5,780,477, 5,786,354, 5,798,373, 5,849,770, 5,859,034, 5,866,593, 5,891,896, and International Patent Publication WO 95/35283 describe PDE4 inhibitors that are tri-substituted aryl or heteroaryl phenyl derivatives. U.S. Patent No. 5,580,888 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are styryl derivatives. U.S. Patent No. 5,550,137 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are phenylaminocarbonyl derivatives. U.S. Patent No. 5,340,827 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are phenylcarboxamide compounds. U.S. Patent No. 5,780,478 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are tetra- substituted phenyl derivatives. International Patent Publication WO 96/00215 describes substituted oxime derivatives useful as PDE4 inhibitors. U.S. Patent No. 5,633,257 describes PDE4 inhibitors that are cyclo(alkyl and alkenyl)phenyl-alkenyl (aryl and heteroaryl) compounds. However, there remains a need for novel compounds and compositions that therapeutically inhibit PDE4 with minimal side effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to novel substituted 8-arylquinolines that are PDE4 inhibitors, wherein the aryl group at the 8-position is substituted by a substituted-alkenyl group. This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinpline and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This invention further provides a method of treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues by the administration of an effective amount of the novel substituted 8-arylquinoline or a precursor compound which forms in vivo the novel substituted 8-arylquinoline.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Fig. 1 is a chemical schematic drawing of the general structure of the compounds of the present invention.
Fig. 2 is a graph of Counts against °Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l-methyl- l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 3 is a graph of Counts against °Theta for an X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l-methyl- l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 4 is a comparison of the X-ray Powder Diffractions of the Form A polymorph (bottom trace) and the Form B (upper trace) of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
Fig. 5 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form A polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l- methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline. Fig. 6 is a graph of the distinguishing feature peaks of the X-ray Powder Diffraction of the Form B polymorph of the benzenesulfonic acid salt of 6-[l- methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
A compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I):
(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Cι-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Ri is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -Ci-Cgalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl,
-Ci-Cβalkenyl, -Ci-Cβalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C 1 -C6alkylamino, -(C 1 -C6alkyl)(C 1 -C6alkyl)amino, -C 1 -C6alkyl(oxy)C 1 -C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or
-(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Cι-C6alkoxy, -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl);
A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3_6alkyl, -Ci-Cβalkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Cι-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOrr(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Cl-C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
-C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkylXCo-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Ci-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
R4 is an aryl, -Ci-Cβalkyl, heteroaryl, -CN, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Cι-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, halogen, -C(O)(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)O(Co-C6alkyl), -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, group; n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
In one aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula
(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cβalkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Rl is a H, OH, halogen, carbonyl, or -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl,
-Ci-Cβalkenyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl,.-CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Cι-C6alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, -Cι-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or
-(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl),
-C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Cι-C6alkoxy, -(Co-C6alkyl)(C0- C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3- Cόalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3-.6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or
-Ci-Cβalkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Ci-Cβalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or
-(Co-C6alkylXCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In one embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cβalkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a -Ci-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Cυ-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino;
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Cι-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Ci-Cβalkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, Cι-C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
-C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Ci-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Ci-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cβalkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a -cycloC3-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SO -(Ci-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Ci-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Cι-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, Cι-C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
-C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkylXCo-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a -Ci-Cβalkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-Cβalkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Cι-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Ci-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, Cι-C6alkoxy, N-oxide,
-C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci -Cβalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Ci-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3- Cβalkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Ci-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Ci-Cβalkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOrr(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C -Cβalkoxy, N-oxide,
-C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-Cealkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In still another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Cι-C6alkyl,
-NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a an -amino, -Ci-Cβalkylamino, or -(Cι-C6alkyiχCι-C6alkyl)amino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl); A is CH;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl, heteroaryl, H, halogen, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, heterocyloC3_6alkyl,-Cι-C6alkoxy, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), or -Cι-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-Cβalkyl. -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOrr(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Cι-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι -C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In an embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cgalkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Rl is a -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkenyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Ci-C6alkylamino, -(Cι-C6alkyl)(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Ci-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι- Cβalkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl); A is CH;
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) • substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkylXCo-C6alkyl);
R3 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Cι-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkenyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Cι-C6alkylamino, -(Cι-C6alkyl)(Cι-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(C()-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl); A is CH;
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- Cόalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- Cόalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In still another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl,
-NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkenyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Ci-C6alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(Cι-C6alkyl)amino, -Cι-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C()-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a carbonyl, optionally substituted with 1 substituent, wherein the substituent is an, aryl, heteroaryl, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -O-aryl,
-O-heteroaryl, -O-(Ci-C6alkyl), -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Cι-C6alkyl), -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -O(aryl), -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -cycloC3-C6alkyl or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl,
-NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cβalkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkenyl, -Ci-Cβalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Cι-C6alkylamino, -(Cι-C6alkyl)(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(C i-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(C i -C6alkyl), -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(C -C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C()-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH; R2 is a carbamoyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -SOn-(Cι- C6alkyl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -Ci-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Cι-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or
-C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl);
R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl,
-CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C\- Cόalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino,
-OH, or -(Co-C6alkylXCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Ci-Cβalkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or - -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2. In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Cι-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cζalkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Ci-C6alkenyl, -C -C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Cι-C6alkylamino, -(Ci-C6alkyl)(Cι-C6alkyl)amino, -Cι-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl),
-SOnNH(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 and R3 are each independently an aryl, optionally substituted, connected to each other by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy;
Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Ci-Cβalkenyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Ci-C6alkylamino, -(Cι-C6alkyl)(Cι-C6alkyl)amino, -Cι-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Cθ-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -Cι-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Ci-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, Ci- Cβalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkylXCo-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Cι-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkenyl, -Cι-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -Cι-C6alkylamino, -(Cι-C6alkyl)(Cι-C6alkyl)amino, -Cι-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Ci-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is a -C(O)N-(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -Cι-C6alkyl(amino) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Ci-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, C1- Cgalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2. In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cβalkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a halogen, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -Cι-C6alkenyl, -Ci-C6alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -amino, -C 1 -C6alkylamino, -(C 1 -C6alkyl)(C 1 -C6alkyl)amino, -C 1 -C6alkyl(oxy)C 1 -Cόalkyl, -C(O)NH(aryl), -C(O)NH(heteroaryl), -SOnNH(aryl), -SOnNH(heteroaryl),
-SOnNH(Ci-C6alkyl), -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), -NH-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -carbamoyl, -(Ci-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino, or -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH;
R2 is -CN; R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), -aryloxy, -O-heteroaryl, - Cβalkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); and n is independently 0, 1, or 2.
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Cι-C6alkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-C6alkoxy, wherein said alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH; Ri is -Ci-Cβalkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Ci-Cβalkoxy, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH,
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Cι-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl);
R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Ci-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
In yet another embodiment of this aspect, a compound of this invention is represented by Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Si, S2, and S3 are each H;
Rl is -Ci-Cβalkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Ci-Cβalkoxy, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl);
A is CH, R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently an aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Ci-C6alkoxy, N-oxide, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -OH, or -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Ci-C6alkoxy, -Ci-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(C0-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system; and n is independently 0, 1, or 2;
As used herein, "alkyl" as well as other groups having the prefix "alk" such as, for example, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and the like, means carbon chains which may be linear or branched or combinations thereof. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and the like. "Alkenyl", "alkynyl" and other like terms include carbon chains containing at least one unsaturated C-C bond. The term "cycloalkyl" means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms, and includes mono-, bi- and tricyclic saturated carbocycles, as well as fused ring systems. Such fused ring systems can include one ring that is partially or fully unsaturated such as a benzene ring to form fused ring systems such as benzofused carbocycles. Cycloalkyl includes such fused ring systems as spirofused ring systems. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, decahydronaphthalene, adamantane, indanyl, indenyl, fluorenyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphalene and the like. Similarly, "cycloalkenyl" means carbocycles containing no heteroatoms and at least one non-aromatic C-C double bond, and include mono-, bi- and tricyclic partially saturated carbocycles, as well as benzofused cycloalkenes. Examples of cycloalkenyl include cyclohexenyl, indenyl, and the like. The term "cycloalkyloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes a cycloalkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
The term "alkoxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes an alkyl group connected to the oxy connecting atom.
The term "aryl" unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl.
The term "aryloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise includes multiple ring systems as well as single ring systems such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl, connected through the oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
Ther term "Co-C6alkyl" includes alkyls containing 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or no carbon atoms. An alkyl with no carbon atoms is a hydrogen atom substituent or a direct bond - depending on whether the alkyl is a terminus or a bridging moiety.
The term "hetero" unless specifically stated otherwise includes one or more O, S, or N atoms. For example, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl include ring systems that contain one or more O, S, or N atoms in the ring, including mixtures of such atoms. The hetero atoms replace ring carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a heterocycloC5alkyl is a five membered ring containing from 5 to no carbon atoms.
Examples of heteroaryl include, for example, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzthienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl.
The term "heteroaryloxy" unless specifically stated otherwise describes a heteroaryl group connected through an oxy connecting atom to the connecting site.
Examples of heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl include, for example, furylmethyl, furylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, oxazolylethyl, isoxazolylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl, thiazolylethyl, imidazolylmethyl, imidazolylethyl, benzimidazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylmethyl, oxadiazolylethyl, thiadiazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylethyl, triazolylmethyl, triazolylethyl, tetrazolylmethyl, tetrazolylethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylethyl, pyridazinylmethyl, pyrimidinylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl, isoquinolinylmethyl and quinoxalinylmethyl . Examples of heterocycloC -7alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, and thiomorpholinyl.
Examples of aryl(C1-6)alkyl include, for example, phenyl(C1-6)alkyl, and naphthyl(C1-6)alkyl. Examples of heterocycloC -7alkylcarbonyl(C1-6)alkyl include, for example, azetidinyl carbonyl(C1-6)alkyl, pyrrolidinyl carbonyl(C1-6)alkyl, piperidinyl carbonyl(C1-6)alkyl, piperazinyl carbonyl(C1_6)alkyl, morpholinyl carbonyl(C1-6)alkyl, and thiomorpholinyl carbonyl(C1-6)alkyl.
The term "amine" unless specifically stated otherwise includes primary, secondary and tertiary amines.
Unless otherwise stated, the term "carbamoyl" is used to include -NHC(O)OCι-C4alkyl, and -OC(O)NHCι-C4alkyl.
The term "halogen" includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. The term "optionally substituted" is intended to include both substituted and unsubstituted. Thus, for example, optionally substituted aryl could represent a pentafluorophenyl or a phenyl ring. Further, the substitution can be made at any of the groups. For example, substituted aryl(C1-6)alkyl includes substitution on the aryl group as well as substitution on the alkyl group. Compounds described herein contain one or more double bonds and may thus give rise to cis/trans isomers as well as other conformational isomers. The present invention includes all such possible isomers as well as mixtures of such isomers.
Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. The present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The above Formula I is shown without a definitive stereochemistry at certain positions. The present invention includes all stereoisomers of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Further, mixtures of stereoisomers as well as isolated specific stereoisomers are also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases or acids. When the compound of the present invention is acidic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from such inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper (ic and ous), ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganese (ic and ous), potassium, sodium, zinc and the like salts. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, as well as cyclic amines and substituted amines such as naturally occurring and synthesized substituted amines. Other pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases from which salts can be formed include ion exchange resins such as, for example, arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanoI, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N- ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, its corresponding salt can be conveniently prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include, for example, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like. Particularly preferred are benzenesulfonic, citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound represented by Formula I (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants. Such additional therapeutic ingredients include, for example, i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) corticosteroids, iv) HI receptor antagonists, v) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonists, vi) COX-2 selective inhibitors, vii) statins, viii) non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs ("NSAID"), and ix) M2/M3 antagonists. The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered. The pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
Creams, ointments, jellies, solutions, or suspensions containing the compound of Formula I can be employed for topical use. Mouth washes and gargles are included within the scope of topical use for the purposes of this invention.
Dosage levels from about O.OOlmg/kg to about 140mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of conditions such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine- mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues which are responsive to PDE4 inhibition, or alternatively about 0.05mg to about 7g per patient per day. For example, inflammation may be effectively treated by the administration of from about O.Olmg to 50mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5mg to about 2.5g per patient per day. Further, it is understood that the PDE4 inhibiting compounds of this invention can be administered at prophylactically effective dosage levels to prevent the above-recited conditions.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for the oral administration to humans may conveniently contain from about 0.5mg to about 5g of active agent, compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Unit dosage forms will generally contain between from about O.Olmg to about lOOOmg of the active ingredient, typically O.Olmg, 0.05mg, 0.25mg, lmg, 5mg, 25mg, 50mg, lOOmg, 200mg, 300mg, 400mg, 500mg, 600mg, 800mg or lOOOmg.
It is understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy. In practice, the compounds represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of this invention can be combined as the active ingredient in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral (including intravenous). Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be presented as discrete units suitable for oral administration such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. Further, the compositions can be presented as a powder, as granules, as a solution, as a suspension in an aqueous liquid, as a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water emulsion or as a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In addition to the common dosage forms set out above, the compound represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be administered by controlled release means and/or delivery devices. The compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, such methods include a step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier that constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. The product can then be conveniently shaped into the desired presentation.
Thus, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Formula I. The compounds of Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions in combination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid, liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbon dioxide and nitrogen.
In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenient pharmaceutical media may be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used to form oral solid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferred oral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed. Optionally, tablets may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques
A tablet containing the composition of this invention may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Each tablet preferably contains from about 0. Img to about 500mg of the active ingredient and each cachet or capsule preferably containing from about O.lmg to about 500mg of the active ingredient.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration may be prepared as solutions or suspensions of the active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be included such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent the detrimental growth of microorganisms.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions. Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the final injectable form must be sterile and must be effectively fluid for easy syringability. The pharmaceutical compositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g. glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a form suitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream, ointment, lotion, dusting powder, or the like. Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use in transdermal devices. These formulations may be prepared, utilizing a compound represented by Formula I of this invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointment is prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together with about 5 wt to about 10 wt% of the compound, to produce a cream or ointment having a desired consistency.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitable for rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It is preferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The suppositories may be conveniently formed by first admixing the composition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chilling and shaping in moulds.
In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, the pharmaceutical formulations described above may include, as appropriate, one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers, flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives, (including anti-oxidants) and the like. Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositions containing a compound described by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may also be prepared in powder or liquid concentrate form. The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention have been found to exhibit biological activity as PDE4 inhibitors. Accordingly, another aspect of the invention is the treatment in mammals of, for example, asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn' s disease, reperfusion injury of the myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues - maladies that are amenable to amelioration through inhibition of the PDE4 isoenzyme and the resulting elevated cCAMP levels - by the administration of an effective amount of the compounds of this invention. The term "mammals" includes humans, as well as other animals such as, for example, dogs, cats, horses, pigs, and cattle.
Accordingly, it is understood that the treatment of mammals other than humans is the treatment of clinical correlating afflictions to those above recited examples that are human afflictions.
Further, as described above, the compound of this invention can be utilized in combination with other therapeutic compounds. In particular, the combinations of the PDE4 inhibiting compound of this invention can be advantageously used in combination with i) Leukotriene receptor antagonists, ii) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors, iii) COX-2 selective inhibitors, iv) statins, v) NSAIDs, vi) M2/M3 antagonists, vii) corticosteroids, viii) HI (histamine) receptor antagonists and ix) beta 2 adrenoceptor agonist.
In another aspect, it was found that the compound of this invention can be formed as a metabolite in the mammalian system. For example, Example 19, (5- { (E)-2-(3 - { 6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl] - 8-quinolinyl } phenyl)- 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol:
which is a PDE4 inhibitor is formed in vivo as a metabolite when Example 14:
is administered. Accordingly, the present invention includes prodrugs that form PDE4 inhibitors in vivo as a metabolite after administering such prodrugs to a mammal. Further, this invention includes a method of treatment by a step of administering a prodrug to form in vivo an effective amount of a PDE4 inhibitor described by Formula I. The abbreviations used herein have the following tabulated meanings. Abbreviations not tabulated below have their meanings as commonly used unless specifically stated otherwise.
ALKYL GROUP ABBREVIATIONS
ASSAYS DEMONSTRATING BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
LPS AND FMLP-INDUCED TNF-α AND LTB4 ASSAYS IN HUMAN WHOLE BLOOD
Whole blood provides a protein and cell-rich milieu appropriate for the study of biochemical efficacy of anti-inflammatory compounds such as PDE4- selective inhibitors. Normal non-stimulated human blood does not contain detectable levels of TNF-α and LTB4. Upon stimulation with LPS, activated monocytes express and secrete TNF-α up to 8 hours and plasma levels remain stable for 24 hours. Published studies have shown that inhibition of TNF-α by increasing intracellular cAMP via PDE4 inhibition and/or enhanced adenylyl cyclase activity occurs at the transcriptional level. LTB4 synthesis is also sensitive to levels of intracellular cAMP and can be completely inhibited by PDE4-selective inhibitors. As there is little LTB4 produced during a 24 hour LPS stimulation of whole blood, an additional LPS stimulation followed by fMLP challenge of human whole blood is necessary for LTB4 synthesis by activated neutrophils. Thus, by using the same blood sample, it is possible to evaluate the potency of a compound on two surrogate markers of PDE4 activity in the whole blood by the following procedure. Fresh blood was collected in heparinized tubes by venipuncture from healthy human volunteers (male and female). These subjects had no apparent inflammatory conditions and had not taken any NSAIDs for at least 4 days prior to blood collection. 500 ιL aliquots of blood were pre-incubated with either 2μL of vehicle (DMSO) or 2μL of test compound at varying concentrations for 15 minutes at 37°C. This was followed by the addition of either lOμL vehicle (PBS) as blanks or lOμL LPS (ljLig/mL final concentration, #L-2630 (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) from E. coli, serotype 0111.B4; diluted in 0.1% w/v BSA (in PBS)). After 24 hours of incubation at 37°C, another 10μL of PBS (blank) or lOμL of LPS (lμg/mL final concentration) was added to blood and incubated for 30 minutes at 37°C. The blood was then challenged with either lOμL of PBS (blank) or 10/ιL of fMLP (lμM final concentration, #F-3506 (Sigma); diluted in 1% w/v BSA (in PBS)) for 15 minutes at 37°C. The blood samples were centrifuged at 1500xg for 10 minutes at 4°C to obtain plasma. A 50μL aliquot of plasma was mixed with 200/ L methanol for protein precipitation and centrifuged as above. The supernatant was assayed for LTB4 using an enzyme immunoassay kit (#520111 from Cayman Chemical Co., Ann
Arbor, MI) according to the manufacturer's procedure. TNF-α was assayed in diluted plasma (in PBS) using an ELISA kit (Cistron Biotechnology, Pine Brook, NI) according to manufacturer's procedure. The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.04μM to 8.71μM.
ANTI-ALLERGIC ACTIVITY IN VIVO
Compounds of the invention have been tested for effects on an IgE- mediated allergic pulmonary inflammation induced by inhalation of antigen by sensitized guinea pigs. Guinea pigs were initially sensitized to ovalbumin under mild cyclophosphamide-induced immunosuppression, by intraperitoneal injection of antigen in combinations with aluminum hydroxide and pertussis vaccine. Booster doses of antigen were given two and four weeks later. At six weeks, animals were challenged with aerosolized ovalbumin while under cover of an intraperitoneally administered anti-histamine agent (mepyramine). After a further 48h, bronchial alveolar lavages (BAL) were performed and the numbers of eosinophils and other leukocytes in the BAL fluids were counted. The lungs were also removed for histological examination for inflammatory damage. Administration of compounds of the Examples (0.001-lOmg/kg i.p. or p.o.), up to three times during the 48h following antigen challenge, lead to a significant reduction in the eosinophilia and the accumulation of other inflammatory leukocytes. There was also less inflammatory damage in the lungs of animals treated with compounds of the Examples. SPA BASED PDE ACTIVITY ASSAY PROTOCOL
Compounds which inhibit the hydrolysis of cAMP to AMP by the type-IV cAMP-specific phosphodiesterases were screened in a 96-well plate format as follows: In a 96 well-plate at 30°C was added the test compound (dissolved in
2μL DMSO), 188mL of substrate buffer containing [2,8- H] adenosine 3 ',5 '-cyclic phosphate (cAMP, lOOnM to 50μM), lOmM MgCl2, ImM EDTA, 50mM Tris, pH
7.5. The reaction was initiated by the addition of lOmL of human recombinant PDE4 (the amount was controlled so that -10% product was formed in lOmin.). The reaction was stopped after lOmin. by the addition of Img of PDE-SPA beads
(Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ). The product AMP generated was quantified on a Wallac Microbeta® 96-well plate counter (EG&G Wallac Co., Gaithersburg, MD). The signal in the absence of enzyme was defined as the background. 100% activity was defined as the signal detected in the presence of enzyme and DMSO with the background subtracted. Percentage of inhibition was calculated accordingly. IC50 value was approximated with a non-linear regression fit using the standard 4-parameter/multiple binding sites equation from a ten point ti tration.
The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 were determined with lOOnM cAMP using the purified GST fusion protein of the human recombinant phosphodiesterase IVa (met-248) produced from a baculovirus/Sf-9 expression system. The IC50 values of Examples 1-42 generally ranged from 0.14nM to 10.24nM, although one example had an IC50 value of 109nM.
The examples that follow are intended as an illustration of certain preferred embodiments of the invention and no limitation of the invention is implied. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the experimental procedures were performed under the following conditions. All operations were carried out at room or ambient temperature - that is, at a temperature in the range of 18-25°C. Evaporation of solvent was carried out using a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure (600- 4000pascals: 4.5-30mm. Hg) with a bath temperature of up to 60°C. The course of reactions was followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) and reaction times are given for illustration only. Melting points are uncorrected and 'd' indicates decomposition. The melting points given are those obtained for the materials prepared as described. Polymorphism may result in isolation of materials with different melting points in some preparations. The structure and purity of all final products were assured by at least one of the following techniques: TLC, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry or microanalytical data. Yields are given for illustration only. When given, NMR data is in the form of delta (6) values for major diagnostic protons, given in parts per million (ppm) relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard, determined at 300 MHz, 400 MHz or 500 MHz using the indicated solvent. Conventional abbreviations used for signal shape are: s. singlet; d. doublet; t. triplet; m. multiplet; br. broad; etc. In addition, "Ar" signifies an aromatic signal. Chemical symbols have their usual meanings; the following abbreviations have also been used: v (volume), w (weight), b.p. (boiling point), m.p. (melting point), L (liter(s)), mL (milliliters), g (gram(s)), mg (milligrams(s)), mol (moles), mmol (millimoles), eq (equivalent(s)).
Methods of Synthesis
Compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the following methods. The substituents are the same as in Formula I except where defined otherwise.
SCHEME 1
Ketone Synthesis
VIII
Wherein X=halogen, H
Y=halogen, H
A=4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde E=electrophile Ar=aryl or heteroaryl Referring to Scheme 1 above, and Scheme 1 Table below, the alcohol intermediate II may be prepared by the reaction of an aryl or heteroaryl metallic species III such as an organomagnesium halide with 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (A) in an organic solvent such as THF. The alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared by treatment an aryl or heteroaryl hydride or bromide IV with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde. Alternatively the alcohol intermediate II may also be prepared by the following chemical transformations: 1) Treatment of an aryl or heteroaryl dihydride, halide-hydride or dihalide V with a base or an organometallic such as n-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde; 2) Subsequent treatment with a base or an organometallic such as π-butyllithium in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by an electrophile such as acetone or 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde, where the first or the second transformation must use 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde as the electrophile. The sulfone-alcohol VI may be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide- alcohol II with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H2θ. The ketones VII and VIII may be prepared by the oxidation of the alcohols II and VI, respectively, with an oxidizing agent such as MnO2 in a solvent such as CH2C12. The sulfone-ketone VIII may also be prepared by the oxidation of the sulfide-ketone VII with an oxidizing agent such as oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/H2O.
SCHEME 1 TABLE:
Ketones
Ar StOnMe
VII (n=0)
VIII (n=2)
Ketone Kl (4-Fluorophenyl) [4-(methylsulf onyl)]phenyl ketone Ketone Kl was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a -78°C solution of 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (2.5g, 16.4mmol) in THF (100ml) was added 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1.0M in THF, 19.7ml, 19.7mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for 3h., and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NFLC1. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO and concentrated. The residue was then treated with MnO2 (28.6g, 330mmol) in CH2C12 (150ml) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to yield 2.6g of the (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone compound
Step 2: (4-Fluorophenyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the sulfide - in other words, the (4-Fluorophenyl)[4- methylthio)phenyl]ketone - from the present step 1 (2.0g, 8.1mmol) in
THF/MeOH/H2O (80/40/40 ml) was added oxone (7.5g, 12.2mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4h, quenched with NaHCO3 (sat.), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Crystallization (CH2C12/Hexanes) yielded (4-Fluorophenyl)[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ketone, the Kl ketone compound, as a white solid.
Ketone K2 ( 1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl) [4-methylthio)phenyl]ketone Ketone K2 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol
To a solution of N-methylimidazole (lO.Og, 122mmol) in 500mL THF at -78°C was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 48.7ml, 118mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for 30min. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (14.73ml, HOmmol) was then added at -78°C and the mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with NH C1 (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO , filtered and concentrated. Crystalisation (EtOAc/Hexanes) yielded ( 1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol .
Step 2: (1 -Methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the alcohol from the present step 1 (25.7g, 11 lmmol) in EtOAc (250ml) and CH2C12 (250ml) was added MnO2 (140g, 1.66mol) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to yield ketone K2.
Ketone K3 (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone
Ketone K3 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol
To a solution of 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (l.Og, 6.5mmol) in THF (20mL) at 0°C was added phenylmagnesium chloride (2M, THF, 3.5mL, 7.0mmol). After 0.5h at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4CI solution, diluted with water and extracted with Et2θ. The organic extracts were washed (H2O), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by stirring vigorously in hexane/Et2θ and filtration yielded (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol as a white solid. Step 2: (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone
(4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone was obtained by treating the (4- Methylthio)(phenyl)methanol from the present step 1 with Mnθ2 as in step 2 of the procedure for K4 below.
Step 3: (4-Methylsulfonyl)(phenyl)ketone To a solution of (4-Methylthio)(phenyl)ketone from the present step 2
(0.98g, 4.3mmol) in CHCI3 (lOmL) at 0°C was added mCPBA (m-chloroperbenzoic acid) (1.7g, lOmmol). After 0.5h at r.t., Ca(OH)2 (1.7g, 23mmol) was added to the mixture which was stirred for lh. Filtration on Celite® and concentration yielded ketone K3 as a white solid.
Ketone K4 ( 1 ,3-Thiazol-2-yl) [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone
Ketone K4 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a -78°C solution of thiazole (5.0g, 58.7mmol) in THF (250ml) was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 23.5ml, 58.7mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for lOmin. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.1ml, 53.4mmol) was then added at -78°C. The resulting mixture was stirred until completion, and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NBUC1. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then purified by flash chromatography (80% CH2C12/ 20% EtOAc) to yield (1,3- Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol.
Step 2: (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone To a solution of the (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1 (lO.Og, 42.1mmol) in EtOAc (250ml) was added MnO2 (70g, 843mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 25°C overnight. The mixture was filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc) to form the K4 ketone compound.
Ketone K5 (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of K4 (l,3-Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone (8.2g, 34.7mmol) in
THF/MeOH/H2O (350/175/175 ml) was added oxone (42.6g, 69.4mmol). The reaction was stirred at 25°C for 3h and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The resulting mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO and concentrated. The residue was then purified by crystallization (EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield of (1 ,3- Thiazol-2-yl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone.
Ketone K6 [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K6 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4- (methylthio)phenyl]ketone
To a -78°C solution of thiazole (l.Og, 12.0mmol) in THF (100ml) was added n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3ml, 12.3mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for lOmin. 4-(Methylthio)benzaldehyde (7.1ml, 53.4mmol) was then added at -78°C. The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. lOmin. and cooled at -78°C. Then n-butyllithium (2.3M in hexanes, 5.3ml, 12.3mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at 25°C for lOmin and quenched with acetone (3.0ml). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and HCl 10%, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO and concentrated. The residue was then treated with MnO2 (20.4g, 235mmol) in CH2C12 (250ml) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was then filtered through a plug of silica (EtOAc). Flash chromatography (90%CH2Cl2/10%EtOAc) yielded [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4- (methylthio)phenyljketone.
Step 2: [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-Methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
To a solution of the sulfide - that is, [5 -(1 -Hydroxy- 1-Methylethyl)- l,3-thiazol-2-yl][4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone - from present step 1 (1.7g, 5.8mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (100/50/50 ml) was added oxone (7.1g, 11.5mmol). The reaction was stirred at 25°C for 3h and quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, extracted and washed (NaHCO3 (sat.), brine). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was then purified by crystallization (EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield ketone K6.
Ketone K7 (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
Ketone K7 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol To solution of 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine (760mg, leq) in THF (20mL) at -78°C, was added slowly n-butyllithium in hexane (1.1 eq). The solution was then stirred 30min. 4-(thiomethyl)benzaldehyde (738mg, l.leq) was then slowly added. The solution was warmed to rt. NH4CI (sat.) was added, then water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol was obtained by precipitation with ether/hexane and was used without further purification for the next step.
Step 2: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone Kl above but substituting the sulfide (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ketone as the starting material, (6- Methyl-3-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
Step 3: (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Following the procedure of step 2 of ketone K2 above but substituting the (6-Methyl-3-pyridinyl)[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol from the present step 2 for (l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone K7 was obtained.
Ketone K8 (5-Methyl-2-pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ketone
Ketone K8 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromo-5-methylpyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
Ketone K9 Bis- [(4-methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ketone
Ketone K9 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 4-bromothioanisole for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine and using twice the amount of Oxone in the sulfide-oxidation step.
Ketone K10 (2-Pyridinyl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone K10 was prepared by following the procedure described for ketone K7 but substituting 2-bromopyridine for 3-bromo-6-methylpyridine.
Ketone Kll
[5-(l-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone Ketone Kll was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4- (methylthio)phenyl]methanol To a suspension of 2,5-dibromopyridine (5.12g, leq) in ether at -78°C, was added n-butyllithium in hexane (1.05eq) slowly. The resulting yellow-orange precipitate was strirred 30min. Then acetone (1.54ml, 1.05eq) was added. The solution was kept at -78°C for another 30min. n-Butyllithium in hexane (l.leq) was slowly syringed to the resulting orange suspension. The suspension was then stirred lh at -78°C. Following this, 4-(methylthio)benzaldehyde (2.85 ml, 1.1 eq.) was added. The resulting suspension was warmed to -35°C and quenched with a solution of NH4CI (sat.). Water and EtOAc were added and the organic layer dried over MgSO , evaporated and purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc) to give [5-(l- Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol. Step 2: [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol
Following the procedure described above for step 2 of ketone Kl but substituting the sulfide - that is, [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4- (methylthio)phenyl]methanol - from the present step 1 for (4-fluorophenyl)[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ketone as the starting material, [5-(l -Hydroxy- l-methylethyl)-2- pyridinyl] [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methanol was obtained.
Step 3: [5-(l-Hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl][4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ketone
Following the procedure described above for step 2 for ketone K2 but substituting the [5-( 1 -Hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] [4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] methanol from the present step 2 for (1-methyl-lH-imidazol- 2-yl)[4-(methylthio)phenyl]methanol as the starting material, ketone Kll was obtained.
The boronate compounds utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 2 shown below:
SCHEME 2 Boronate Synthesis
XII
etone (VII or VIII) Ar n Boronate (XII)
The aryl bromides IX and X may be prepared by treatment of the benzyl phosphonium bromide XI with a base such as t-BuOK or LiHMDS in an organic solvent such as THF, followed by the addition of the ketone VII or VIII to the reaction mixture. The sulfide in IX may be converted to the sulfone X by treatment with oxone in a solvent such as a mixture of THF/MeOH/Η2O. The boronate ester XII can be prepared by heating the aryl bromide X with pinacol diborane in the presence of a base such as KOAc and a catalyst such as PdCl2(dppf) in a solvent such as DMF.
Boronate Bl Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl }<phenylboronate
Boronate Bl was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 : (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethene To a solution of (3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (10.2g, 19.9mmol) in THF (200mL) and CH3CN (50mL) at 25°C was added t-BuOK (1.0M in THF, 19.9mL, 19.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min. To this resulting ylide was then added at 25°C the ketone K2 (4.4g, 18.9mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60°C for 2 days and quenched with NFJ4CI (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated, and used directly in the next present step 2.
Step 2 : (E)-2-(3 -Bromophenyl)- 1 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-2-yl)- 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene
To a solution of the crude sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)- l-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (18.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (200/100/100 ml) was added oxone (23.2g, 37.8mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4h, quenched with NaHCO (sat.), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5% Et3N) yielded (E)-2-(3 -Bromophenyl)- 1 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-2-yl)- 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyljethene (single isomer) as a foam.
Step 3: Pinacol 3-{(E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl Jphenylboronate
A suspension of the bromide - that is, (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l- methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene - from present step 2 (2.0g; 4.8mmol), pinacol diborane (1.5g ; 5.8mmol), KOAc (1.65g; 16.8mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (0.2g; 0.24mmol) in 50mL of DMF was stirred at 90°C for 4h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (95%EtOAc/5% Et N) yielded boronate Bl as a foam.
Boronate B2 Pinacol 3-{ (E/Z)-2-(l ,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenylboronate Boronate B2 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethene
To a solution of (3-bromobenzyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (44.5g, 86.9mmol) in THF (500mL) and DMF (200mL) at 0°C was added LiHMDS (1.0M in THF, 86.9mL, 86.9mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred at r.t. for 20min. To the resulting ylide was then added at 0°C the ketone K4 (18.6g, 79.0mmol). The mixture was stirred until completion by TLC, and quenched with a NH4CI (sat). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (CH2CI2) yielded (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-2- yl)-l-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
Step 2: (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethene To a solution of the sulfide - that is, (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3- thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene - from present step 1 (24.8g, 63.9mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2θ (600/300/300 ml) was added Oxone (78.5g, 128mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was quenched with a NaHCO3 (sat), and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (sat.), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-l-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene (3 to 2 mixture of isomers).
Step 3: Pinacol 3-{(E/Z)-2-(l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenylboronate A suspension of the bromide (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l,3-thiazol-
2-yl)-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene from present step 2 (15.0g, 35.7mmol), pinacol diborane (10.9g, 42.8mmol), KOAc (12.3g, 125mmol) and PdCl2(dppf)
(1.46g, 1.78mmol) in 350mL of DMF was stirred at 90°C for 4h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Tol/ Acetone, 9/1) yielded boronate B2 (3 to 1 mixture of isomers) as a foam. Boronate B3
Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenylboronate
Boronate B3 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-l-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethylene
Following the procedure described for step 1 for boronate Bl but substituting the ketone K8 for ketone K2 as the starting material, (E)-2-(3- Bromophenyl)- 1 -(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-l - [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ethylene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography.
Step 2: Pinacol 3-{(E)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenylboronate
Following the procedure described for step 3 for boronate Bl but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-l-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethylene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l- methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B3 was obtained.
Boronate B4 Pinacol 3-{ (E)-2-(5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenylboronate
Boronate B4 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-[5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2- pyridinyl] - 1 - [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ethene Following the procedure described for step 1 for boronate Bl but substituting the ketone Kll for ketone K2 as the starting material, (E)-2-(3- Bromophenyl)- 1 - [5 -( 1 -hydroxy- 1 -methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl] - 1 - [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyljethene was obtained after separation of the isomers by flash chromatography. Step 2: Pinacol 3-{(E)-2-(5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2-pyridinyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenylboronate
Following the procedure described for step 3 for boronate Bl but substituting the bromide (E)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-[5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-2- pyridinyl]-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene from present step 1 for (E)-2-(3-
Bromophenyl)-l-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, boronate B4 was obtained.
The aryl bromide compounds utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Schemes 3 and 4 shown below:
SCHEME 3
Oxadiazole Synthesis p-MeOPhOH +
Xllla
Oxadiazole (XVI)
Me 0X1
p-MeOPhOCH2 0X2
Referring to Scheme 3 above, the nitrile intermediate Xllla may be prepared by the alkylation of 4-methoxyphenol with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate in a solvent such as acetone. The amide-oxime XIV may be prepared by treatment of the nitrile XIII with hydroxyl amine in a solvent such as methanol in the presence of a base such as sodium acetate. Formation of the oxadizole XVI may be achieved by activation of the arylacetic acid XV with carbonyldiimidazole in a solvent such as DMF followed by the addition of the amide- oxime XIV and subsequent heating of the reaction mixture.
SCHEME 4
Aryl Bromide Synthesis
Referring to Scheme 4 above, condensation of the aldehyde XVII by heating with the arylacetic acid XV in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene produces the unsaturated acid XVIIIa. Formation of the acid chloride of XVIIIa in situ by treatment with thionyl chloride and a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as toluene, is followed by the addition of an amine to the reaction mixture to yield the amide XVIIIb. The oxadiazole-ethene XVIIIc may be formed by heating OXl with XVII in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene.
Scheme 4 appendix
Aryl Bromide Synthesis
XVIIIa (AB1) XVIIId
XVIIIf (AB6)
Referring to Scheme 4 appendix above, treatment of the acid XVIIIa with diazomethane in a solvent such as THF produces the methyl ester XVIIId. Reduction of the ester XVIIId using DIBAL-H in a solvent such as THF gives the allylic alcohol XVIIIe. Conversion of the alcohol group in XVIIIe to a leaving group such as a mesylate using reagents such as methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine in a solvent such as THF, followed by displacement with a nucleophile such as dimethylamine in a solvent such as DMF produces the compound XVIIIf. Aryl Bromide ABI (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid
Aryl Bromide ABI was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (12.9g, 70mmol) in toluene (lOOmL) was added 4- (methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmol) and piperidine (2mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the slurry thus formed, toluene was added (10 mL) . Filtration gave (E)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid as a white solid.
Aryl Bromide AB2 (E)-N-Isopropyl-3-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
Aryl Bromide AB2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of ABI (24.9g, 65mmol) in toluene (250mL) was added thionyl chloride (14.3mL, 196mmol) and triethylamine (34mL, 245mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 0.5h., isopropyl amine (28mL, 327mmol) was added. After a further 2h at r.t., the mixture was cooled to 0°C and was neutralised with saturated NF14CI solution, then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1 : 1 to pure EtOAc) yielded (E)-N-Isopropyl-3-(3-bromophenyl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide.
Aryl Bromide AB3 (E) -3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
Aryl Bromide AB3 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting ammonium hydroxide for isopropyl amine as the starting material. Aryl Bromide AB4 (E)-N-(t-Butyl)-3-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide Aryl Bromide AB4 was prepared by following the procedure described for aryl bromide AB2 but substituting t-butyl amine for isopropyl amine as the starting material.
Aryl Bromide AB5 (E)-l-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethene Aryl Bromide AB5 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1 (Scheme 3, Oxadiazole OXl): (3-Methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl) [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]methane To a solution of 4-(methylsulfonyl)phenylacetic acid (15g, 70mmol) in
DMF (300mL) at r.t., was added carbonyldiimidazole (12.5g, 77mmol). After 0.5h at r.t., acetamide oxime (5.7g, 77mmol) was added. After stirring the resulting mixture overnight at r.t., the mixture was heated to 120°C for 6h. After cooling to r.t., the mixture was quenched with H2O, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:1) yielded (3-Methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl) [4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyljmethane.
Step 2 (Scheme 4): (E)-l-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene To a solution of 3-bromobenzaldehyde (2.2g, 11.9mmol) in toluene
(30mL) was added the product from step 1 (OXl) (3.0g, 11.9mmol) and piperidine (0.4mL). After overnight refluxing, the mixture was cooled down to r.t. To the resulting slurry, MeOH (30mL) was added. After further refluxing then cooling to 0°C, filtration gave (E)-l-(3-Bromophenyl)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethene as a white solid. The Bromoquinolines utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 5 shown below:
SCHEME 5
Preparation of Bromoquinolines
Referring to Scheme 5 above and the Scheme 5 table below, treatment of the bromomethyl compound XIX with a nucleophile such as sodium methanesulfinate or potassium cyanide in a solvent such as DMF or a mixture of DMF and water can be used to produce the compounds XXa. The compound XXb may be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc may be prepared by treatment of XXb with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.1 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF followed by the addition of the resulting mixture into a solution of methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc (where R1 = CN) may also be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (2.2 equivalents) and methyl iodide in a solvent such as THF. The compound XXc (where R1 = SO2Me) may also be prepared by treatment of XXa with a base such as potassium t-butoxide (1.3 equivalents) and methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) in a solvent such as THF, followed by an additional amount of methyl iodide (1.6 equivalents) and an additional amount of the same base (1.0 equivalents).
Scheme 5 Table
Bromoquinolines
R1 R2 R3 Bromoquinoline (XX)
SO2Me H H Q1
SO2Me Me H Q2
SO2Me Me Me Q3
CN H H Q4
CN Me Me Q5
Bromoquinoline Ql 6-(methylsulfonyl)methyl- 8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Ql was prepared by the following procedure. DMF
(500mL) was added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (60g, 200mmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and sodium methanesulfinate (27.6g, 270mmol). After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was quenched with H2O (2000mL), stirred for one hour, isolated by filtration and washed with Et O to yield 6-(methylsulfonyl)methyl-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q2 6- [ 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl] - 8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q2 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Ql (16. Ig, 54mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78°C, was added potassium t-butoxide (59mL, IN in THF). After 0.5h at -78°C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 45min and then transferred by canula dropwise into a solution of Mel (16.7mL , 268.3mmol) in THF (160mL). After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NPLCl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 6-[l- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q3 6- [ 1-methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q2 (15.7g, 50mmol) in THF (500mL) at -78°C, was added potassium t-butoxide (55mL, IN in THF). After stirring 0.5h at -78°C, the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 45min and then transfered dropwise into a solution of Mel (15.6mL, 250mmol) in THF (40mL) at 0°C. After stirring overnight at r.t., the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH4CI solution, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 6- [1 -methyl- 1- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q4
6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline Bromoquinoline Q4 was prepared by the following procedure. DMF (lOmL) and H2O (5mL) were added to 6-bromomethyl-8-bromoquinoline (3g, lOmmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852) and potassium cyanide (1.6g, 25mmol). After heating at 100°C for 1 hour, the resulting mixture was quenched with H2O (lOOmL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-cyanomethyl-8-bromoquinoline.
Bromoquinoline Q5
6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 -cyanoethyl] -8-bromoquinoline
Bromoquinoline Q5 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of bromoquinoline Q4 (3g, 12.1mmol) in THF (lOOmL) at -78°C, was added Mel (1.7mL, 27mmol) followed by potassium t-butoxide (27mL, 27mmol). After 2h at -78°C, the mixture was warmed to 0°C and was neutralised with saturated NFJ CI solution then extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded 6-[l-methyl-l-cyanoethyl]-8-bromoquinoline.
The Benzyl Phosphorus Reagents utilized to prepare the compounds of this invention can be made according to Scheme 6 shown below:
SCHEME 6
Preparation of Benzyl Phosphorus Reagents
XXV
Benz. Phos. Reag.(XXV)
H CH2P(Ph)3 +Br" P1
H CH2P(O)(OEt)2 P2
CN CH2P(0)(OEt)2 P3
The arylquinolines of the formula XXII may be prepared by coupling bromoquinoline XX with the boronic acid XXI by heating in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(PPh )4 and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as a DME. The alcohol XXII may be converted to the bromide XXIII by treatment with HBr (aq) in a solvent such as acetic acid. The alcohol XXII may be converted to the methyl sulfonate ester XXIV by methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane. The benzyl phosphorous reagents XXV may be prepared either by heating XXIII in the presence of PPh3 in a solvent such as acetonitrile or by treating XXIII or XXIV with diethylphosphite and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF. Benzylphosphonium Bromide PI [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide
Benzylphosphonium Bromide PI was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]quinoline
A mixture of 6-isopropyl-8-Bromoquinoline (11. Ig, 44.4mmol) (described in International Patent Publication WO 94/22852), 3- (hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (8.70g, 57.2mmol), Na CO3 (2M, 71mL, 142mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2.5 Img, 2.17mmol) in 280mL of DME was stirred at 80°C for 5h. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Hex/EtOAc, 1/1) and stirring in CH2Cl2/hexane (1/9) yielded 6-Isopropyl-8-[3- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl] quinoline as a white solid. . Step 2: 6-Isopropyl-8-[3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]quinoline
A suspension of the hydroxymethyl product compound from present step 1 (7.40g, 26.7mmol) in AcOH (50mL) and HBr (50mL, 48% aq) was stirred for 12h at 100°C. The mixture was cooled to r.t., poured into NaOH (2N) in ice, the pH was adjusted to 8 and the mixture was diluted with ether. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to yield 6-Isopropyl- 8-[3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]quinoline as a yellow solid.
Step 3 : [3-(6-Isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzyl] (triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide
To a solution of the bromomethyl product compound from present step 2 (3.807g, 1 l.lmmol) in 40mL of CH3CN was added triphenylphosphine (3.22g,
12.3mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 12h, cooled to r.t., diluted with ether, filtered, and washed with ether to yield [3-(6-Isopropyl-8- quinolinyl)benzyl](triphenyl)phosphonium Bromide.
Benzylphosphonate P2
Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate Benzylphosphonate P2 was prepared by the following procedure. The bromomethyl compound from from step 2 above of the synthesis of PI (11.34g, leq) was dissolved in THF (170mL). Diethylphosphite (3.87mL, 1.05eq) was added and the solution was cooled down to 0°C. Next, t-BuOK (3.87mL, IN in THF) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred 2h and the quenched by addition of NILC sat), water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and washed with brine, dried over MgSO and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 1/9) gave Diethyl 3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)benzylphosphonate as a clear oil.
Benzylphosphonate P3
Diethyl 3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate Benzylphosphonate P3 was prepared by the following procedure. Step 1: 6-(l-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3-
(hydroxymethyl)phenyl] quinoline
Following step 1 described above of the procedure for Benzylphosphonium Bromide PI, but substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for 6- isopropyl-8-bromoquinoline as the starting material, 6-(l-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3- (hyώOxymethyl)phenyl] quinoline was obtained.
Step 2: 3-[6-(l-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate
To a solution of the alcohol 6-(l-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-[3- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl] quinoline from present step 1 (5.15g, 17mmol) in CH2C1 (150mL) at -78°C was added Et3N (3.6mL, 26mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride ("MsCl") (1.6mL, 21mmol). After 0.5h at -78°C, the mixture was neutralised with saturated NH Cl solution, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield 3-[6-(l-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate as a white foam. Step 3: Diethyl 3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8- quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate To a solution of diethylphosphite (2.5mL, 18mmol) in THF (lOOmL) at -78°C was added potassium t-butoxide (IM, THF, 16mL, 16mmol) and the mesylate compound 3-[6-(l-Cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzyl methanesulfonate from present step 2 (5.1g, 13.5mmol). After 0.5h at -78°C and 12h at r.t., the resulting mixture was neutralised with saturated NH CI solution, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 1:4 to 1:10) yielded Diethyl 3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]benzylphosphonate as an oil.
SCHEME 7
Benzyphosphorous Reagent - Ketone Coupling
Benz. Phos. Reag. (XXV) XXVI Example (I)
Compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared using the reaction pathways outlined in Scheme 7 above. The compound XXVI may be obtained by adding a solution of the ketone VII in a solvent such as THF to a mixture of the benzylphosphorous reagent XXV and a base such as potassium t-butoxide in a solvent such as THF. The compounds corresponding to the formula I may then be prepared by treating XXVI with oxone in a mixture of solvents such as THF/MeOH/water. Alternatively the compounds of formula I may be prepared by reacting the ketone VIII with XXV in the presence of a base such as potassium t- butoxide in a solvent such as THF.
Referring to Scheme 7 above and Table 1 below, the coupling of the ketones with the benzyl phosphorous reagents resulted in the tabulated Examples.
SCHEME 8
Aryl Bromide - Bromoquinoline Coupling
Aryl Bromide Boronate Example (I) (XVIII) (used in situ)
Referring to Scheme 8, compounds corresponding to the formula I may be prepared by in situ conversion of the aryl bromide XVIII to the corresponding boronate ester by heating with diboron pinacol ester, a catalyst such as [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) and a base such as potassium acetate in a solvent such as DMF, followed by the addition of the bromoquinoline XX, an additional amount of the same catalyst, an additional amount of a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) and an additional period of heating.
Referring to Scheme 8 above, Table 2 and Table 2 appendix below, the coupling of the Aryl Bromide with the Bromoquinoline resulted in the tabulated Examples.
Table 2 appendix
Aryl Bromide Bromoquinoline Example
AB6 Q5 43
Compounds of this invention can be prepared by following Scheme 9 shown below.
SCHEME 9
(Example 19)
XXVIII Example (I)
NR2R3
N __J Example 27
NH-O Example 28 pH3 NH~TCH3 Example 29
CH3
Scheme 9 outlines the preparation of compounds of formula I where the aldehyde XXVII may be prepared by heating the bromoquinoline XX, 3- formylbenzeneboronic acid, a catalyst such as Pd(PPh3) and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as DME. The aldehyde XXVII may be converted to Example 18 by heating with XVI in the presence of a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene. Example 19 may be obtained by treatment of Example 18 with cerric ammonium nitrate ("CAN") in a mixture of solvents such as acetonitrile/water. Alternatively the aldehyde XXVII may be converted to the unsaturated acid XXVIII by heating with XV and a base such as piperidine in a solvent such as toluene. The acid XXVIII may then be converted to the amide I (Example 27, 28 and 29) by treatment with a coupling system such as EDCI, HOBt, and an amine in a solvent such as DMF.
Compounds of this invention can be prepared by coupling Bromoquinoline compounds with Boronate compounds according to Scheme 10 below.
SCHEME 10 Bromoquinoline — Boronate Coupling
Bromoquinoline (XX)
Scheme 10 describes how compounds of formula I may be obtained by coupling the bromoquinoline XX with the boronate ester XII in the presence of a catalyst such as Pd(OAc)2, PPh3, and a base such as sodium carbonate (aqueous) in a solvent such as n-propanol. Referring to Table 3, the coupling of the Bromoquinoline with Boronate resulted in the tabulated Examples.
EXAMPLES 1 and 2
6-isopropyl-8-(3- { (Z/E)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2- phenylethenyl }phenyl)quinoline
Example 1
Example 2
Examples 1 and 2 were prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of benzylphosphonate P2 (330mg, 0.83mmol) and ketone K3 (200mg,
0.77mmol) in THF (6mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (IM, THF, 0.83mL, 0.83mmol). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with Et2O. The organic extracts were washed (H2O), (brine), dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 7:3) produced Examples 1 and 2 as white foams with one product being less polar than the other product. Example 1 was the less polar Z-isomer and Example 2 was the more polar E-isomer.
Example 1: NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-_?6) d 8.79 (q, IH), 8.28 (q, IH), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, IH), 7.6-7.1 (m, 14H), 3.14 (m, IH), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
Example 2: NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-J6) d 8.78 (q, IH), 8.25 (q, IH), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.71 (d, IH), 7.6 (m, 3H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.39-7.2 (m, 8H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 1.34 (d, 6H). EXAMPLE 3
6-isopropyl-8-{3-[(E/Z)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(l,3-thiazol-2- yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline
Example 3 was prepared by the following procedure. To a suspension of the benzylphosphonium bromide PI (320mg, 0.531mmol) in 2.5mL THF at -78°C was added t-BuOK (l.OM in THF, 0.55mL, 0.55mmol) dropwise and the resulting red solution was stirred 30min at 0°C . To this ylide at -78°C was then added ketone K5 (122mg, 0.455mmol) in 2mL of THF dropwise. The mixture was warmed to r.t., then stired for lh, quenched with a NH4CI (sat.) and diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Silica cartridge, Hex/EtOAc 10 to 100% in 20min) yielded Example 3 (1.5 to 1 mixture of isomers).
NMR 1H (500MHz in acetone-d6) d 8.79-8.78 (m, IH), 8.26-8.23 (m, IH), 8.01-7.92 (m, 3H), 7.84 (d, 0.4H, minor), 7.78 (d, 0.6H, major), 7.73-7.47 (m, 10H), 7.43 (dd, IH), 7.34 (t, 0.6H, major), 7.27 (t, 0.4H, minor), 7.18 (d, 0.6H, major), 7.09 (d, 0.4H, minor), 3.12 (m, IH), 3.11 (s, 1.8H, major), 2.99 (s, 1.2H, minor), 1.36-1.33 (m, 6H). MS (M+1) 511.
EXAMPLE 4
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Example 4 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 : 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylthio)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Following the procedure for Example 3 but substituting the ketone K2 for K5 as the starting material, 6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 2-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline was obtained.
Step 2: 6-isoproρyl-8-(3-{ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate Bl (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in the present step 1 for (E/Z)-2-(3-Bromophenyl)-l-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-l-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material, Example 4 was obtained.
NMR 1H (500 MHz in acetone- 6) d 8.77 (dd, IH), 8.24 (dd, IH), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.71(d, IH), 7.59 (d, IH), 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 7.41 (dd, IH), 7.28 (t, IH), 7.23 (s, IH), 7.15 (d, IH), 7.07 (d, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10 (m, IH), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, 6H).
MS: (m+2): 509.4
EXAMPLES 5 and 6
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(Z/E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Example 5
Example 6
Examples 5 and 6 were prepared by the following procedure. Following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone Kl for K3 as the starting material, and purification by flash chromatography (50%EtOAc/50%Hexanes) yielded Examples 5 and 6.
NMR 1H (500MHz in acetone-<26) Example 5: Major (Z) isomer: d 8.78 (dd, IH), 8.25 (dd, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, IH), 7.55-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, IH), 7.23 (s, IH), 7.11 (t, 2H), 7.05 (d, IH), 3.12 (m, IH), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
NMR 1H (500MHz in acetone-d6) Example 6: Minor (E) isomer: d 8.78 (dd, IH), 8.35 (dd, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, IH), 7.65-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45 (dd, IH), 7.35-7.15 (m, 9H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
EXAMPLE 7
2-(2-{(E/Z)-2-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-l-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-l,3-thiazol-5-yl)-2-propanol
Example 7 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 as the starting material. Purification by flash chromatography (100%EtOAc) yielded Example 7 as a mixture of isomers.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone--?6) d 8.80 (m, IH), 8.30 (m, IH), 8.05 (d(major), 1.44H), 7.93 (d(minor), 0.55H), 7.85 (s(major), 0.72H), 7.77 (s,(minor), 0.28H), 7.75-7.45 (m, 7H) 7.35 (t(minor), 0.28H), 7.28 (t,(major), 0.72H), 7.21 (d(minor), 0.28H), 7.10 (d(major), 0.72H), 4.7 (m, IH), 3.15 (m, IH), 3.15 (s(minor), 0.84), 2.99 (s(major), 2.16H), 1.60 (m, 6H), 1.35 (m, 6H).
MS (m+1): 569.6
EXAMPLE 8
2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-[5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile
Example 8 was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K6 for K3 and the benzyl phosponate P3 for P2 as the starting materials. Purification by flash chromatography (20%CH2Cl2/80%EtOAc) yielded Example 8 as a mixture of isomers.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone- 6) d 8.92 (m, IH), 8.45 (m, IH), 8.10 (m, IH), 8.05 (m, IH), 7.93 (m, IH), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.55 (m, XH), 7.40 (t(minor), 0.43H), 7.28 (t,(major), 0.57H), 7.21 (d(minor), 0.43H), 7.10(d(major), 0.57H), 4.67 (s,(major), 0.57H), 4.63 (s(minor), 0.43H), 3.15 (s(minor), 1.3H), 2.99 (s(major), 1.7H), 1.90 (m, 6H), 1.65 (s,(major), 3.4H), 1.45 (s(minor), 2.6H).
MS (m+1): 594.6
EXAMPLE 9
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile Example 9 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 : 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{ (E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylthio)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile was prepared by following the procedure for Example 1 but substituting the ketone K2 for K3 and the benzyl phosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials. Step 2: 2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile, Example 9, was prepared by following the procedure used for the preparation of the boronate Bl (step 2 of Scheme 2) but substituting the sulfide obtained in present step 1 for (E/Z)-2-(3- Bromophenyl)- 1-( 1 -methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 1 - [4-(methylthio)phenyl]ethene as the starting material. Example 9 was obtained after purification by flash chromatography (97%EtOAc/3%Et3N). NMR JH (400MHz in acetone-rf6) d 8.92 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (dd, IH), 8.10 (d, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, IH), 7.60-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.10 (m, IH), 6.95 (m, IH), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 6H).
MS (m+1): 533.3
EXAMPLE 10
6-[l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(l,3-thiazol-2- yl)ethenyl]phenyl }quinoline
Example 10 was prepared by the following procedure. A mixture of bromoquinoline Q2 (105mg, 0.33mmol), boronate B2 (236mg, 0.5 lmmol), Na2CO3 (2M, 0.65mL, 1.3mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (6.3mg, 0.028mmol) and PPh3 (28mg, 0.1 lmmol) in 4mL of n-propanol was stirred at 90°C for 2h. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Tol/ Acetone; 4/1) and stirring in Hexane/EtOAc yielded Example 10 (single isomer) as a white solid. NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-t 6) d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.39 (dd, IH), 8.07 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, IH), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, IH), 7.45 (s, IH) 7.34 (t, IH), 7.18 (d, IH), 4.67 (q, IH), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H)
MS (M + 1) 576.
EXAMPLE 11
6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(l,3- thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline
Example 11 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and using boronate B2. Flash chromatography (Tol/ Acetone; 9/1) and stirring in EtO Ac/Hex yielded Example 11 (single isomer) as a white solid. NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone- 6): d 8.90 (dd, IH), 8.41 (dd, IH), 8.23 (s, IH), 8.02-7.99 (d, 3H), 7.95 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, IH), 7.70 (d, 2H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.32 (t, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H)
MS (M+l) 523.
EXAMPLE 12
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline
Example 12 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 using the bromoquinoline Q2 but substituting the boronate Bl for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%CH2Cl2/5%EtOH) yielded the Example 12 compound.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone- ) d 8.92 (dd, IH), 8.45 (dd, IH), 8.10 (s, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.59 (dd, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.18 (s, IH), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.70 (q, IH), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (d, 3H).
MS (m+l): 572.4 EXAMPLE 13
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)-6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 -
(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline
Example 13 was prepared following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting the bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting the boronate Bl for boronate B2. Flash chromatography (95%EtO Ac/5% Et3N) produced Example 13 (single isomer) as a foam.
NMR 1H (400MHz in acetone- ) d 8.92 (dd, IH), 8.45 (dd, IH), 8.37 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, IH), 7.69 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, IH), 7.59 (dd, IH), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.31 (s, IH), 7.18 (s, IH), 7.05 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 6H).
MS (m+l): 586.2 EXAMPLES 14 and 15 - [ 1 -methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl] -8-(3-{ (E/Z)-2-(3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)- 2- [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Example 14
Example 15 Examples 14 and 15 were prepared by the following procedure. A solution of the aryl bromide AB5 (249mg, 0.57mmol), diboron pinacol ester (167mg, 0.66mmol), [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmol) and potassium acetate (176mg, 1.8mmol) in DMF (N,N- Dimethylformamide) (lOmL) was degassed and stirred at 80°C for 3h. To that resulting mixture at 25°C was then added the bromoquinoline Q3 (150mg, 0.46mmol), [l, -bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (12mg, 0.015mmol) and sodium carbonate (0.6mL, 2M). After degassing, the mixture was heated at 80°C overnight. The mixture was then cooled to r.t. quenched with H2O, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc:Et3N, 22:68:10 then hexane:EtOAc, 3:1) yielded both isomers (Example 14 and Example 15).
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-J6) Major(E) isomer (Example 14): d 8.91 (dd, IH), 8.42 (dd, IH), 8.25 (d, IH), 8.12 (s, IH), 8.02 (d, IH), 8.00 (d, 2H), 7.70 (m, 3H), 7.64 (s, IH), 7.55 (dd, IH), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.23 (d, IH), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H ), 1.96 (s, 6H). MS (M+l): 588.2
Minor(Z) isomer (Example 15): d 8.92 (dd, IH), 8.45 (dd, IH), 8.29 (d, IH), 8.07 (d, IH), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.88 (s, IH), 7.75 (m, 3H), 7.62 (s, IH), 7.58 (q, IH), 7.48 (t, IH), 7.24 (d, IH) 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H ), 2.00 (s, 6H). MS (M+l): 588.2
Alternatively, Example 14 can be made by the following procedure: Step 1. Skraup Reaction
To methanesulfonic acid (8-10 equiv) at 20°C was added sodium m- nitrobenzenesulfonate (0.6-0.8 equiv), followed by iron sulfate heptahydrate (0.01- 0.05 equiv). To the resulting mixture was added 2-bromo-4-methylaniline (1 equiv).
Glycerol (2-3 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was heated at 120-140°C and aged until the reaction was complete.
The mixture was cooled to 70-90°C and diluted with water. The solution was then cooled to about 20°C, and neutralized with aqueous NaOH and sodium bicarbonate. MTBE (methyl t-butyl ether) was added and the mixture was filtered and the phases were separated (the product was in the MTBE layer).
Step 2. Bromination The MTBE solution from step 1 was solvent switched to chlorobenzene. After filtered through Silica gel and partially concentrated, N- bromosuccinimide (NBS, 0.6-0.8 equiv) and 2,2'-azobisisobutylnitrile (AIBN, 0.01- 0.1 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at 55-85°C. The resulting mixture was diluted with cyclohexane. Additional NBS (0.3-0.5 equiv) and AIBN (0.01-0.05 equiv) were added. The degassed mixture was heated at about 55-85°C until reaction completed. The mixture was cooled at 10-40°C and diluted with cyclohexane and aged. The solid was isolated by filtration.
Step 3. Sulfone Formation
To a solution of bromomethyl -bromoquinoline (product from previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was added powdered sodium methanesulfinate (1.0-1.5 equiv) at 10-60 °C. The mixture was heated at about 50-70°C for 30min. The mixture was diluted with water while maintaining temp at about 50-70 °C with vigorous stirring, then cooled to about 10-20°C and aged. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed sequentially with 1:4 DMF/water and then water and dried.
Step 4. Methylation A solution of the sulfone (product from the previous step, 1 equiv) in DMF was cooled to about -10 to 0°C. Sodium t-butoxide (~1 equiv) was added . A solution of methyl iodide/DMF solution (~1 equiv of Mel) was added slowly while maintaining temperature at about -10 to 0°C.
A second portion of solid sodium t-butoxide (~1 equiv) was added, followed by methyl iodide/DMF solution (~1 equiv) was added while maintaining the temperature at -5 to 10 °C (Additional base and Mel may be added if the reaction was not completed). The reaction was quenched by adition of water and the product crystallized, which was isolated and dried.
Step 5. Suzuki Coupling
To a solution of the sulfone from the previous step (1 equiv) was added Pd/C (5 or 10 w%, 0.005-0.1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2-3 equiv), and 3-formyl phenylboronic acid (1-2 equiv). The degassed reaction mixture was heated at 60- 120°C until the reaction was complete. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with water. The product crystallized and was isolated by filtration and dried.
Step 6. Oxadiazole To the mixture of hydroxy benzotriazole ("HOBt") hydrate (1-1.5 equiv), 4-methylsulfonylphenylacetic acid (1 equiv) in acetonitrile was added EDC hydrochioride (1-1.5 equiv). The slurry was aged at about 20-30°C for 30min.
Other N-OH compounds, such as N-hydroxyphthalimide, 2- hydroxypyridine N-oxide, N-hydroxysuccinimide, can also be used to replace HOBt. Other carbodiimides, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and diisopropylcarbodiimide can be used to replace EDC hydrochioride (ethyl dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide hydrochioride).
To the slurry was added acetamide oxime (1-1.5 equiv). The resulting mixture was then heated at reflux until the reaction was complete. The resulting solution was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate. To the resulting mixture was washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The solution was solvent switched to 2-propanol and product crystallized upon cooling, which was isolated and dried.
Step 7. Condensation to form Example 14
To a slurry of the aldehyde from step 5 above (1 equiv) in 2-propanol was added the oxadiazole from step 6 above (1-1.5 equiv), followed by piperidine (0.2-1.5 equiv). In place of 2-propanol, other solvents such as, for example, DMF, acetonitrile, 1-propanol, toluene, esters, and other alcohols. Piperidine serves as a basic initiator. In place of piperidine, other amine bases, especially secondary amines, can be used. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux over molecular sieves until reaction completed. After cooling, the product was isolated by filtration and dried.
EXAMPLES 16 and 17
(E/Z)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-N-isopropyl-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
Example 16 Example 17 Examples 16 and 17 were prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials. Examples 16 and 17 were obtained as a 4:1 mixture.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone- 6) Major(E) isomer (Example 16): d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.43 (dd, IH), 8.09 (d, IH), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.81 (d, IH), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.57 (m, 4 H), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.29 (t, IH), 7.04 (d, 1 H), 6.71 (bd, IH), 4.13 (m, IH) 2.92 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H), 1.12 (d, 6H). MS (M+l): 538.3
Minor(Z) isomer (Example 17): d 8.93 (dd, IH), 8.48 (dd, IH), 8.14 (d, IH), 7.94 (m, 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.70 (dd, 2H), 7.59 (q, IH), 7.50 (m, 2 H), 7.28 (s, IH), 4.15 (m, IH) 3.13 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 6H), 1.04 (d, 6H). MS (M+l): 538.3
EXAMPLE 18
8-(3-{(E)-2-{3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl}-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)-6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 - (methylsulf onyl)ethyl] quinoline
Example 18 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1 (Scheme 3): (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile
A mixture of 4-methoxyphenol (lOg, 80mmol), chloroacetonitrile (7.0mL, lllmmol) and K2CO3 (26g, 188mmol) in acetone (150 mL) was stirred at r.t. for 18h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 4:1) to yield (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetonitrile as a clear oil.
Step 2 (Scheme 3): (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime A mixture of the (4-methoxyphenoxy) acetonitrile product (5.0g, 3 lmmol) from step 1, hydroxylamine hydrochioride (4.3g, 62mmol) and sodium acetate (5.1g, 62mmol) in MeOH (lOOmL) was stirred at r.t. for 2h. The resulting mixture was filtered on
Celite®, concentrated, stirred in CHC13 for 18h and filtered. The resulting solution was concentrated to yield (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime as a gum. Step 3 (Scheme 3, Oxadiazole OX2): 3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]- 5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl]-l,2,4-oxadiazole
3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl]-l,2,4- oxadiazole was prepared following the procedure as described in Scheme 3 for AB5 step 1 (OXl) but substituting the (4-methoxyphenoxy)acetamide oxime from step 2 above for acetamide oxime and heating the reaction at 90°C for 6h. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) yielded the desired material as a pale brown solid.
Step 4: 3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl }benzaldehyde
To bromoquinoline Q3 (lO.lg, 30.9mmol) 3-formylbenzeneboronic acid (5.8g, 38.7mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0) (2.1g 1.86mmol) and sodium carbonate (39mL, 2M ) was added DME (330mL). After degassing, the mixture was heated at 80°C overnight. After cooling to r.t. the resulting mixture was quenched with H2O, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Stirring in ether, followed by isolation by filtration gave 3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl } benzaldehyde .
Step 5: 8-(3-{(E)-2-{3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-l,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-yl}-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[l-methyl-l- (methylsulf onyl)ethyl] quinoline
A mixture of the product from present step 4 (150mg, 0.42mmol), the oxadiazole OX2 from present step 3 above (175mg, 0.47mmol) and piperidine (O.lrnL, l.Ommol) in toluene (0.6mL) was heated at 120°C for 3h. The mixture was purified by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:2 to 1:4) to yield Example 18 as a foam.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone--i6) d 8.90 (q, IH), 8.42 (q, IH), 8.24 (d, IH), 8.20 (s, IH), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.75-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.55 (q, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.25 (d, IH), 7.00 (d, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 19
(5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-l-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl }-l ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methanol
Example 19 was prepared by the following procedure. To a solution of the Example 18 compound (250mg, 0.35mmol) in acetonitrile:water (4:1, 8 mL) was added CAN (330mg, 0.62mmol) in two portions at r.t. After 3h at r.t., the mixture was diluted with saturated NaHCO3 solution, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 3:7) yielded (5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl}phenyl)-l-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)methanol as a pale yellow foam. NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) d 8.90 (q, IH), 8.42 (q, IH), 8.25 (d, IH), 8.15 (s, IH), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.73-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.55 (q, IH), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.23 (d, IH), 4.67 (m, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 20
(E)-N-isopropyl-3-(3- { 6- [ 1 -methyl- l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] -8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
Example 20 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB2 for AB5, and using the bromoquinoline Q3, as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone--i6) d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.41 (dd, IH), 8.22 (d, IH), 7.99 (d, IH), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.67 (s, IH), 7.53 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.28 (t, IH), 7.05 (d, IH), 6.71 (bd, IH), 4.14 (m, IH) 2.9 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.13 (d, 6H). MS(M+1): 591.3 EXAMPLE 21
(E)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] -2-propenoic acid
Example 21 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide ABI for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Methanol) d 8.8 (dd, IH), 8.38 (dd, IH), 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, IH), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.36 (t, IH), 7.29 (s, IH), 7.18 (d, IH), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H).
MS (M-CO2): 451.4 (negative ion).
EXAMPLE 22
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile
Example 22 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5 and substituting the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-d6) d 8.90 (dd, IH), 8.43 (dd, IH), 8.1 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 7.83 (d, IH), 7.71 (t, 3H), 7.66 (s, IH), 7.56 (q, IH), 7.55 (dd, IH), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H ), 1.87 (s, 6H)
MS (M+l): 535.2
EXAMPLE 23
(E)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
Example 23 was prepared by following the procedure described above for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB3 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials, the title compound was obtained.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) δ 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.43 (dd, IH), 8.08 (d, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.6 (m, 4H), 7.48 (s, IH), 7.31 (t, IH), 7.08 (d, IH), 6.6 (bs, IH), 6.7 (bs, IH), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H)
EXAMPLE 24
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide
Example 24 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting, the aryl bromide AB4 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone- 6) d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.43 (dd, IH), 8.08 (d, IH), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.79 (d, IH), 7.58 (m, 5H), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.29 (t, IH), 7.04 (d, IH), 6.4 (bs, IH), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
MS (M + 1) 553.
EXAMPLE 25
(E)-3-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid
Example 25 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide ABI for AB5, and 5-isopropyl- 8-bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication WO9422852) for Q3, as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone- 6) d 8.69 (dd, IH), 8.26 (dd, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.51 (d, 2H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.36 (dd, IH), 7.31 (t, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 3.1 (m, IH), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
MS (M + 1) 472.
EXAMPLE 26
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Example 26 was prepared by following the procedure described for Examples 14 and 15 using the aryl bromide AB5, and substituting 5-isopropyl-8- bromoquinoline (described in International Patent Publication O9422852) for Q3 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-d6) d 8.80 (dd, IH), 8.29 (dd, IH), 8.12 (s, IH), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.76 (s, IH), 7.73 (m, 3H), 7.59 (s, IH), 7.53 (d, IH), 7.47 (q, IH), 7.36 (t, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 3.1 (m, IH), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H) 1.36 (d, 6H).
MS (M+l) 510.
EXAMPLE 27
(E)-3-(3- { 6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2- [4- (methylsulf onyl)phenyl] - 1 -( 1 -pyrrolidinyl)-2-propen- 1 -one Example 27 was prepared by the following procedure.
Step 1: (E)-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid
A mixture of 3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl} benzaldehyde from step 4 of Example 18 (2.33g, 6.60mmol), 4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl acetic acid (1.71g, 7.98mmol) and piperidine (0.20ml,
1.98mmol) in lOmL of toluene was refluxed for 2 days. The mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with CH2C12, subjected to flash chromatography (CH2Cl2/EtOAc/AcOH, 50/50/1) and finally stirred with (Et2O/CH2Cl2) and isolated to give (E)-3-(3-{6-[l- methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl] -8-quinolinyl } phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] - 2-propenoic acid (single isomer) as a white solid.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-^): d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.39 (dd, IH), 8.07 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.94 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, IH), 7.71-7.68 (m, 3H) 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, IH), 7.45 (s, IH) 7.34 (t, IH), 7.18 (d, IH), 4.67 (q, IH), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H) 1.88 (s,3H). MS (M + 1) 576. Step 2: (E)-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-l-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-2-propen-l-one
A mixture of (E)-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl }phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenoic acid (104mg, 0.19mmol) from the present step 1 above, pyrrolidine (24μL, 0.29mmol), EDCI (l-(3- Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochioride) (55mg, 0.29mmol) and HOBt (1-Hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate) (34mg, 0.25mmol) in lml of DMF was stirred at r.t. for 12h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with NFJ CI (sat), H2O (3x), brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated. Stirring in EtO Ac/Hex yielded Example 27 as a white solid.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone- 6): d 8.88 (dd, IH), 8.40 (dd, IH), 8.22 (d, IH), 8.98 (d, IH), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.67 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, IH) 7.55-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.34 (t, IH), 7.18 (d, IH), 7.03 (bs, NH) 3.58 (bs, 2H), 3.44 (bs, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H) 1.95 (s, 6H), 1.88 (bs, 4H).
MS (M + 1) 603.
EXAMPLE 28
(E)-N-cyclopropyl-3 -(3 - { 6- [ 1 -methyl- 1 -(methylsulf onyl)ethyl] - 8-quinolinyl } phenyl)- 2- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenamide Example 28 was prepared by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting cyclopropyl amine for pyrrolidine, thus yielding a white solid.
NMR 1H (400 MHz, acetone- ): d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.41 (dd, IH), 8.23 (d, IH), 7.98 (d, IH), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.59-7.53 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.29 (t, IH), 7.04 (d, IH), 6.94 (bs, IH), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.80 (m, IH), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 0.67-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.45 (m, 2H).
MS (M + 1) 589.
EXAMPLE 29
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-
2- [4-(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] -2-propenamide Example 29 was prepared as a white solid by following the procedure for step 2 of Example 27 but substituting t-butyl amine amine for pyrrolidine.
NMR 1H (400MHz, acetone- ): d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.41 (dd, IH), 8.23 (d, IH), 7.98 (d, IH), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.43 (s, IH), 7.30 (t, IH), 7.05 (d, IH), 6.43 (bs, IH), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H) , 1.36 (s, 9H) MS (M+l) 606.
EXAMPLE 30
8- { 3- [2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)vinyl]phenyl } -6-isopropylquinoline
Example 30 was prepared by the following procedure. To a mixture of the benzylphosphonate P2 (lOOmg, 0.25mmol), 4,4-dichlorobenzophenone (63mg, 0.25mmol),) in THF (2mL) at r.t. was added potassium t-butoxide (IM, THF, 0.35mL, 0.35mmol). After lh at r.t., the mixture was diluted with water/NELtCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed (H2O), (brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (Hex:EtOAc, 8:2) yielded Example 30 as a white foam.
NMR ]H (300MHz, acetone-d6) d 8.79 (dd, IH), 8.28 (dd, IH), 7.74 (d, IH), 7.60 (d, IH), 7.48-7.25 (m, 12H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H) 3.13 (hept, IH), 1.36 (d, 6H). EXAMPLES 31 AND 32 -isoρropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline
Example 31
Example 32 Examples 31 and 32 were prepared by followmg the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K7 for 4,4 - dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-rf6) (E) isomer (Example 31): d 8.79 (dd, IH), 8.43 (d, IH), 8.27 (dd, IH), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, IH), 7.57-7.43 (m, 7H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, IH), 3.15 (hept, IH), 2.98 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, 6H).
(Z) isomer (Example 32): d 8.79 (dd, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 8.28 (dd, IH), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.74 (d, IH), 7.61-7.30 (m, 10H), 7.19 (d, IH), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.11 (hept, IH), 1.35 (d, 6H).
EXAMPLES 33 AND 34
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulf onyl)phenyl] ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Example 33
Example 34
Examples 33 and 34 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4 - dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 33): d 8.80 (dd, IH), 8.48 (s, IH), 8.28 (dd, IH), 7.99-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.97 (m, IH), 7.74 (d, IH), 7.61- 7.44 (m, 6H), 7.27 (t, IH), 7.07 (d, IH), 6.97 (d, IH), 3.15 (hept, IH), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, 6H).
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone--i6) (Z) isomer (Example 34): d 8.79 (dd, IH), 8.52 (s, IH), 8.29 (dd, IH), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.65-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.47 (dd, IH), 7.42-7.23, (m, 5H), 7.11 (d, IH), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.12 (hept, IH), 1.36 (d, 6H).
EXAMPLE 35
8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-isopropylquinoline
Example 35 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4-dichlorobenzophenone and using the benzylphosphonate P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone-tie): d 8.80 (dd, IH), 8.29 (dd, IH), 7.98 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.50 (d, IH), 7.48-7.44 (m, 3H) 7.30 (t, IH), 7.12 (d, IH), 3.14 (hept, IH), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.97(s, 3H), 1.35 (d, 6H).
- Ill EXAMPLES 36 AND 37
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile
Example 36
Example 37 Examples 36 and 37 were prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K8 for 4,4 - dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone- 6) (E) isomer (Example 36): d 8.90 (dd, IH), 8.47 (s, IH), 8.43 (dd, IH), 8.08 (d, IH), 8.00 (s, IH), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.83 (d, IH) 7.57-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.28 (t, IH), 7.06 (d, IH), 6.96 (d, IH), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 6H).
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-ti6) (Z) isomer (Example 37): d 8.89 (dd, IH), 8.51 (s, IH), 8.45 (dd, IH), 8.09 (d, IH), 7.89 (d, 2H), 7.72 (d, IH), 7.62- 7.56 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.42 (m, 2H) 7.30 (t, IH), 7.25 (d, IH), 7.10 (d, IH), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 38
2-[8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-qumolinyl]-2- methylpropanenitrile Example 38 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K9 for 4,4 '-dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (500MHz, Acetone- i6): d 8.90 (dd, IH), 8.44 (dd, IH), 8.09 (d, IH), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.81 (d, IH), 7.61 (d, 2H) 7.58-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.53 (s, IH), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.32 (t, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 6.96 (d, IH), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 39
2-methyl-2-(8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethenyl]phenyl}-
6-quinolinyl)propanenitrile
Example 39 was prepared by following the procedure described for Example 30 but substituting the ketone K10 for 4,4 -dichlorobenzophenone and substituting the benzylphosphonate P3 for P2 as the starting materials.
NMR 1H (300MHz, Acetone-^): d 8.90 (dd, IH), 8.45 (dd, IH), 8.11-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.69 (m, IH), 7.63-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.43- 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, IH) 7.28 (s, IH), 7.14 (d, IH), 2.97 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 6H) EXAMPLES 40 AND 41 -[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulf onyl)phenyl]ethenyl } phenyl)quinoline
Example 40 Example 41
Examples 41 and 42 were prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate B3 for boronate B2.
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-d6) (E) isomer (Example 40): d 8.91 (dd, IH), 8.45 (s, IH), 8.41 (dd, IH), 8.23 (d, IH), 8.01-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, IH) 7.49 (s, IH), 7.28 (t, IH), 7.07 (d, IH), 6.96 (d, IH), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 6H).
NMR 1H (400MHz, Acetone-tie) (Z) isomer (Example 41): d 8.88 (dd, IH), 8.49 (s, IH), 8.42 (dd, IH), 8.24 (dd, IH), 7.94 (d, IH), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.61- 7.55 (m, 5H), 7.47 (s, IH), 7.40 (s, IH), 7.29 (t, IH), 7.24 (d, IH), 7.06 (d, IH), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 42
2-(6-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-l-
[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-3-pyridinyl)-2-propanol Example 42 was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 10 but substituting bromoquinoline Q3 for Q2 and substituting boronate B4 for boronate B2.
NMR 1H (500 MHz, Acetone-J6): d 8.91 (dd, IH), 8.80 (d, IH), 8.42 (dd, IH), 8.23 (d, IH), 8.03-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, IH), 7.82 (dd, IH), 7.58-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.51 (s, IH), 7.29 (t, IH), 7.08 (d, IH), 7.01 (d, IH), 4.31 (s, IH), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 6H), 1.56 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 43
Example 43 was prepared following the procedure described previously for Examples 14 and 15 but substituting the aryl bromide AB6 for AB5 and the bromoquinoline Q5 for Q3 as the starting materials.
Additional Examples are the following:
Salts of the Examples
As discussed above, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are often desirable. Examples of such salts are described below:
General Method for Salt Preparation
Salts of the compounds of this invention that are basic may be prepared in several ways:
a) The compound is dissolved in acceptable solvent such as ethyl acetate. An acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid in an acceptable solvent such as 1,4- dioxane is then added. The precipitated salt slurry is aged and the salt is then isolated by filtration.
b) The compound and an acceptable acid such as benzenesulfonic acid are dissolved in an acceptable solvent such as isopropyl acetate or in a mixture of solvents such as isopropyl acetate and methanol. The salt may then be isolated by concentration or a solvent switch, leading to precipitation, followed by filtration. The more stable crystal form of the salt may be obtained by equilibration of the precipitated salt slurry by heating and aging prior to filtration. Seed crystals from previous batches may also be added prior to equilibration of the salt slurry, to initiate the process of crystallization and equilibration.
SULFURIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND The sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.00 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, sulfuric acid (1.04 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring. The resulting suspension was stirred a further 40 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the sulfuric acid salt of the example 14 compound.
IH NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.45 (d, IH), 9.23 (d, IH), 8.65 (d, IH), 8.25 (d, IH), 8.16 (dd, IH), 8.10 (s, IH), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, IH), 7.49 (s, IH), 7.45 (t, IH), 7.30 (d, IH), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
METHANESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND
The methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, methanesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) was added slowly, while stirring. The resulting suspension was stirred, allowed to concentrate by evaporation and the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with ether to give the methanesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound. IH NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.45 (d, IH), 9.32 (d, IH), 8.70 (s, IH), 8.27 (s, IH), 8.22 (t, IH), 8.11 (s, IH), 7.99 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, IH), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, IH), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
p-TOLUENESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND The p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly. The solution was concentrated and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 3 days. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate to give the p-toluenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound), mp 184-185 °C.
IH NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.58 (d, IH), 9.22 (d, IH), 8.63 (s, IH), 8.23 (d, IH), 8.16 (m, IH), 8.03 (s, IH), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.40 (t, IH), 7.27 (d, IH), 7.12 (d, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 6H).
2-NAPHTHALENESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND The 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in refluxing ethyl acetate. After cooling to room temperature, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added slowly, followed by ethanol. Toluene was then added to the solution, followed by concentration. More toluene was then added and the suspension was aged with stirring and periodic sonication at room temperature for 24h. The solid was then isolated by filtration and washed with toluene to give the 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid salt of the example 14 compound, mp 202-204 °C.
IH NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6): d 9.64 (d, IH), 9.30 (d, IH), 8.67 (d, IH), 8.25 (d, IH), 8.23 (m, IH), 8.16 (s, IH), 7.99 (s, IH), 7.91 (d, 2H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, IH), 7.72 (dd, IH), 7.68 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, IH), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.43 (brs, IH), 7.37 (t, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 6H). HYDROCHLORIDE SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 43 COMPOUND
The hydrochioride salt of the example 43 compound was prepared by dissolving the compound (1.0 equiv) in ethyl acetate with heating and sonication. After cooling the solution to room temperature, HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4M, 1.0 equiv) was added while stirring. The suspension was stirred for a further 5 minutes and the solid was isolated by filtration to give the mono-hydrochloride salt of the example 43 compound.
BENZENESULFONIC ACID SALT OF THE EXAMPLE 14 COMPOUND The benzenesulfonic acid salt of the Example 14 compound is available in two crystalline forms ("Form A" and "Form B"). The forms are produced by the following procedures:
Salt Formation
Ethyl Acetate methanol
Form A To a slurry of the Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in ethyl acetate was added benzenesulfonic acid (1-1.2 equiv). Other esters may be used in place of ethyl acetate. Methanol was added and the resulting mixture was heated until the solid dissolved. Other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of the methanol. The resulting solution was filtered and concentrated. The product crystallized during concentration. The resulting mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and aged. The yellow solid was collected by filtration.
HPLC indicated a 1:1 molar ratio of 6- [1-methyl- 1- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline and benzenesulfonic acid. m.p. by DSC: 193°C.
The X-ray Powder Diffraction ("XRPD") Spectrogram for the Form A is shown in Fig. 1. The identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 4.
Peaks Identifying Form A
Polymorph (°2Theta)
10.0
19.5
21.4
22.4
30.5
Form B
To a slurry of the Example 14 compound (1 equiv) in a mixture of isopropyl acetate (i-PrOAc) and methanol (1:1) was added benzenesulfonic acid (1- 1.2 equiv). Other esters may be used in place of i-PrOAc and other alcohols such as ethanol or propanol may be used in place of methanol. The mixture was aged at 20 - 50 °C until the solids dissolved. The resulting solution was filtered and distilled while the volume was maintained by addition of a 9: 1 (v/v) mixture of i- PrOAc/methanol. The product crystallized during the distillation.
The resulting mixture was aged at 20 - 70 °C for 2-10 h to ensure complete formation of Form B. The resulting off-white solid was isolated by filtration and dried. HPLC indicated a 1:1 molar ratio of 6-[l-methyl-l- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-[3-[(E)-2-[3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl]phenyl]quinoline and benzenesulfonic acid. m.p. by DSC: 210°C
The XRPD Spectrogram for the Form B is shown in Fig. 2. The identifying peaks are tabulated below and shown in Fig. 5. The spectra are compared in Fig. 3 with the identifying peaks pointed out by arrows.
Peaks
Identifying
Form B
Polymorph (°2Theta)
14.4
17.7
20.0
20.2
23.7
28.9
Other variations or modifications, which will be obvious to those skilled in the art, are within the scope and teachings of this invention. This invention is not to be limited except as set forth in the following claims.
- 218 -
SUBSTITUTΕ SHEET (RULE 26)

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
A compound represented by Formula (I):
(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Si, S2, and S3 are independently H, -OH, halogen, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -NO2, -CN, or -Ci-Cβalkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy groups are optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen or OH;
Rl is a H, OH, halogen, or carbonyl group, -Cι-C6alkyl group, -cycloC3-C6alkyl group, -Ci-C6alkenyl group, -Cι-C6alkoxy group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, -CN, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl group, -amino group, -Ci-C6alkylamino group, -(Cι-C6alkyl)(Ci-C6alkyl)amino group, -Ci-C6alkyl(oxy)Cι-C6alkyl group, -C(O)NH(aryl) group, -C(O)NH(heteroaryl) group, -SOnNH(aryl) group, -SOnNH(heteroaryl) group, -SOnNH(Cι-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) group, -NH-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-O-C(CN)-dialkylamino group, or -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-aryloxy, -Cι-C6alkoxy,
-(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl); A is CH, C-ester, or C-R4;
R2 and R3 independently is an aryl group, heteroaryl group, H, halogen, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl group, -heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -Ci-Cβalkoxy group, carbonyl group, carbamoyl group, -C(O)OH, -(Cι-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl) group, -C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) group, or -Ci-Cβalkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -C(O)OH, -CN, N-oxide, -OH, or an aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, -Ci-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), -SOn-(aryl), aryloxy, -heteroaryloxy, Cι-C6alkoxy, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, amino, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, -Ci-Cβalkyl, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, aryloxy, -C(O)OH, -C(O)O(Cι-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(C0-C6alkyl); one of R2 and R3 must be an aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted; when R2 and R3 are both an aryl or heteroaryl, then R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system;
R4 is an aryl group, -Ci-Cβalkyl group, heteroaryl group, -CN, carbonyl, carbamoyl group, -(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl) group,
-C(O)N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl) group, or -Cι-C6alkylacylamino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a carbonyl, -CN, halogen, -C(O)(C()-C6alkyl), -C(O)O(Co-C6alkyl), -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -OH, Cι-C6alkoxy, or -(Co-C6alkyiχCo-C6alkyl)amino; n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
R2 or R3 may optionally be joined to R4 by a bond to form a ring.
2. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is CH.
3. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Rl is a -Cι-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(Co-C6alkyl)(C()-C6alkyl)amino or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl).
4. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Rl is a -cycloC3-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Cfj-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(Co-C6alkyl)(C()-C6alkyl)amino, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl).
5. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Rl is a -Cι-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C()-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl).
6. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Rl is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3- C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(C()-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, or -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl).
7. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Rl is a an -amino group, -Ci-C6alkylamino group, or -(Ci-C6alkyl)(Cι-C6alkyl)amino group, wherein any of the groups is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -OH, -CN, -C(O)(heterocycloC3-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-(Co-C6alkyl), -C(O)-O-aryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, acyl, acyloxy, -cycloC3-C6alkyl, heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, -(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino, or -SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl).
8. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R3 is a heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
9. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
10. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 is a carbonyl, optionally substituted with 1 substituent; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
11. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is a carbamoyl, optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
12. The compound according to claim 2, of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 and R3 are each independently an aryl, optionally substituted, connected to each other by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system.
13. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 is a ~(Ci-C6alkyl)-SOn-(Ci-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents, wherein each substituent is independently a halogen, -NO2, -COOH, carbonyl, -CN, -Cι-C6alkyl, -SOn-(Cι-C6alkyl), -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloC3-C6alkyl, -NH-cycloC3-C6alkyl, -OH, or
-(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl)amino substituent group, wherein each substituent group independently is optionally substituted with -OH, -O(Cι-C6alkyl), -O(aryl), -COOH, -COO(Ci-C6alkyl), halogen, -NO2, -CN, or -C(O)-N(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl); and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
14. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 is a -C(O)N-(Co-C6alkyl)(Co-C6alkyl), optionally substituted with
1-5 substituents; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
15. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R2 is -CN; and R3 is an aryl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents.
16. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Rl is -Cι-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and
R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system.
17. The compound according to claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Si, S2, and S3 are each H;
Rl is -Cι-C6alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents;
R2 and R3 each independently is an aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1-5 substituents; and R2 and R3 may be optionally connected by a thio, oxy, or (Cι-C4alkyl) bridge to form a fused three ring system.
18. The compound according to claim 1, comprising
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. The compound according to claim 1, selected from 6-isopropyl-8-(3- { (Z/E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2- phenylethenyl}phenyl)quinoline; 6-isopropyl-8-{3-[(E/Z)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(l,3-tlιiazol-2- yl)ethenyl]phenyl } quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3- {(E)-2-(l-methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(Z/E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
2-(2-{(E/Z)-2-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-l-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl} -1,3 -thiazol-5 -yl)-2-prop anol;
2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-[5-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2-methylpropanenitrile;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(l-methyl-l H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
6-[l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(l,3- tl iazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl}quinoline;
6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-
(1 ,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethenyl]phenyl} quinoline;
8-(3- {(Z)-2-(l -methyl- lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
8-(3-{(Z)-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[l-methyl-l-
(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]quinoline;
6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
(E/Z)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-N-isopropyl-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
8-(3-{(E)-2-{3-[(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl]-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl}-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-[l-methyl-l-
(methylsulfonyl) ethyl] quinoline;
(5-{(E)-2-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-l-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl} - 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3 -yl)methanol;
(E)-N-isopropyl-3-(3- {6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] -8- quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)ρhenyl]-2-propenamide; (E)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-propenoic acid;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E)-2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl] propanenitrile;
(E)-3-{3-[6-(l-cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl}-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3- {3-[6-(l -cyano-l-methylethyl)-8-quinolinyl]phenyl} -2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-3-[3-(6-isopropyl-8-quinolinyl)phenyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2- propenoic acid;
6-isopropyl-8-(3- {(E)-2-(3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
(E)-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] - 1 -( 1 -pyrrolidinyl)-2-propen-l-one;
(E)-N-cyclopropyl-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
(E)-N-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-{6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8- quinolinyl}phenyl)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-propenamide;
8-{3-[2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)vinyl]phenyl}-6-isopropylquinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
6-isopropyl-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline;
8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-isopropylquinoline;
2-methyl-2-[8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]propanenitrile;
2-[8-(3-{2,2-bis[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]vinyl}phenyl)-6-quinolinyl]-2- methylpropanenitrile;
2-methyl-2-(8-{3-[(E)-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(2- pyridinyl)ethenyl]phenyl}-6-quinolinyl)propanenitrile;
6-[l-methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]-8-(3-{(E/Z)-2-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-2-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)quinoline; 2-(6- {(E)-2-(3 - {6-[ 1 -methyl-l-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl] -8-quinolinyl}phenyl)- 1 - [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethenyl}-3-pyridinyl)-2-propanol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount ofthe compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
21. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20, further comprising a Leukotriene receptor antagonist, a Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitor, an M2/M3 antagonist, a corticosteroid, an HI receptor antagonist or a beta 2 adrenoceptor agonist.
22. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20, further comprising a COX-2 selective inhibitor, a statin, or an NS AID.
23. A method of treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as lamimtis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury ofthe myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount, or a prophylactically effective amount, ofthe compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
24. A precursor compound which forms in vivo the compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
25. A method of treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as lamimtis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusion injury ofthe myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ahkylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine-mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues comprising the step of forming in vivo a therapeutically effective amount, or a prophylactically effective amount, ofthe compound according to claim 1.
26. A compound of formula (I), according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use as phosphodiesterase inhibitors.
27. Use of a compound of formula (I), according to any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), eosinophilic granuloma, psoriasis and other benign or malignant proliferative skin diseases, endotoxic shock (and associated conditions such as laminitis and colic in horses), septic shock, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, reperfusiori injury ofthe myocardium and brain, inflammatory arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic glomerulonephritis, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, adult respiratory distress syndrome, infant respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in animals, diabetes insipidus, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, vernal conjunctivitis, arterial restenosis, atherosclerosis, neurogenic inflammation, pain, cough, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, transplant rejection and graft versus host disease, hypersecretion of gastric acid, bacterial, fungal or viral induced sepsis or septic shock, inflammation and cytokine mediated chronic tissue degeneration, osteoarthritis, cancer, cachexia, muscle wasting, depression, memory impairment, monopolar depression, acute and chronic neurodegenerative disorders with inflammatory components, Parkinson disease, Alzheimer's disease, spinal cord trauma, head injury, multiple sclerosis, tumour growth and cancerous invasion of normal tissues comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount, or a prophylactically effective amount, ofthe compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
28. A phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitor pharmaceutical composition comprising an acceptable phosphodiesterase-4-inhibiting amoxmt of a compound of formula (I), as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
EP00986937A 1999-12-22 2000-12-20 Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors Withdrawn EP1244628A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17152299P 1999-12-22 1999-12-22
US171522P 1999-12-22
PCT/CA2000/001559 WO2001046151A1 (en) 1999-12-22 2000-12-20 Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1244628A1 true EP1244628A1 (en) 2002-10-02

Family

ID=22624050

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP00986937A Withdrawn EP1244628A1 (en) 1999-12-22 2000-12-20 Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors

Country Status (32)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1244628A1 (en)
JP (1) JP3782011B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20020082839A (en)
CN (1) CN1221534C (en)
AR (1) AR029214A1 (en)
AU (1) AU778531B2 (en)
BG (1) BG65403B1 (en)
BR (1) BR0016651A (en)
CA (1) CA2393749C (en)
CO (1) CO5261613A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ20022171A3 (en)
DZ (1) DZ3244A1 (en)
EA (1) EA004747B1 (en)
EE (1) EE200200342A (en)
GE (1) GEP20053626B (en)
HK (1) HK1057560A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20020545A2 (en)
HU (1) HUP0203896A3 (en)
IL (1) IL150114A0 (en)
IS (1) IS6413A (en)
MX (1) MXPA02006329A (en)
MY (1) MY134008A (en)
NO (1) NO20023013L (en)
NZ (1) NZ520258A (en)
PE (1) PE20010989A1 (en)
PL (1) PL355752A1 (en)
SK (1) SK8972002A3 (en)
TW (1) TWI280240B (en)
UA (1) UA74815C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2001046151A1 (en)
YU (1) YU47102A (en)
ZA (1) ZA200204862B (en)

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7776315B2 (en) 2000-10-31 2010-08-17 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Pharmaceutical compositions based on anticholinergics and additional active ingredients
DE10110772A1 (en) * 2001-03-07 2002-09-12 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma New drug compositions based on anticholinergics and PDE-IV inhibitors
JP4141838B2 (en) 2000-12-20 2008-08-27 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Process for producing substituted 8-arylquinolinium benzenesulfonates
US6740666B2 (en) * 2000-12-20 2004-05-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
JP2005501822A (en) * 2001-06-27 2005-01-20 メルク フロスト カナダ アンド カンパニー Substituted 8-arylquinoline PDE4 inhibitors
WO2003010137A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2003-02-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Preparation of sulfonyl quinoline
DE60217139T2 (en) * 2001-09-19 2007-10-04 Altana Pharma Ag COMBINATION OF A PDE INHIBITOR AND A LEUKOTRIA RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST
ATE432261T1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2009-06-15 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd PDE4 INHIBITORS WITH HETEROBIDGE SUBSTITUTED 8-ARYLCINOLINE
NZ542407A (en) * 2003-03-05 2008-08-29 Celgene Corp Diphenylethylene compounds and uses thereof
CA2560895A1 (en) * 2004-03-25 2005-10-06 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Acrylonitrile derivatives for inflammation and immune-related uses
CA2608158A1 (en) * 2005-05-19 2006-11-23 Synergenz Bioscience Limited Methods and compositions for assessment of pulmonary function and disorders
PT2359826E (en) 2006-07-05 2014-01-20 Takeda Gmbh Combination of hmg-coa reductase inhibitor rosuvastatin with a phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor, such as roflumilast, roflumilast-n-oxide for the treatment of inflammatory pulmonary diseases
JP5280357B2 (en) * 2006-07-07 2013-09-04 スティーブン・ピー・ガベック Bicyclic heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4
WO2008036846A2 (en) * 2006-09-22 2008-03-27 Braincells, Inc. Combination comprising an hmg-coa reductase inhibitor and a second neurogenic agent for treating a nervous system disorder and increasing neurogenesis
US20100204230A1 (en) 2007-02-12 2010-08-12 Peter Blurton Piperazine derivatives for treatment of ad and related conditions
US8461389B2 (en) 2008-04-18 2013-06-11 University College Dublin, National University Of Ireland, Dublin Psycho-pharmaceuticals
WO2011099305A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Raqualia Pharma Inc. 5-ht4 receptor agonists for the treatment of dementia
EP2741777B1 (en) 2011-08-12 2017-01-18 INSERM - Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of pulmonary hypertension
US20140328893A1 (en) 2011-10-11 2014-11-06 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Nutlin compounds for use in the treatment of pulmonary hypertension
JP2020532551A (en) * 2017-09-03 2020-11-12 アンジオン バイオメディカ コーポレーション Vinyl heterocycle as a Rho-related coiled coil kinase (ROCK) inhibitor

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9226830D0 (en) * 1992-12-23 1993-02-17 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
US5455252A (en) * 1993-03-31 1995-10-03 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Optionally substituted 6,8-quinolines
US6245774B1 (en) * 1994-06-21 2001-06-12 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Tri-substituted phenyl or pyridine derivatives
JPH11209350A (en) * 1998-01-26 1999-08-03 Eisai Co Ltd Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivative and medicine containing the same

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO0146151A1 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1434801A (en) 2003-08-06
DZ3244A1 (en) 2001-06-28
MXPA02006329A (en) 2004-05-14
IL150114A0 (en) 2002-12-01
JP2003531112A (en) 2003-10-21
MY134008A (en) 2007-11-30
AU778531B2 (en) 2004-12-09
BG65403B1 (en) 2008-06-30
TWI280240B (en) 2007-05-01
JP3782011B2 (en) 2006-06-07
CZ20022171A3 (en) 2002-11-13
CN1221534C (en) 2005-10-05
PL355752A1 (en) 2004-05-17
HUP0203896A2 (en) 2003-04-28
HUP0203896A3 (en) 2003-05-28
NO20023013L (en) 2002-08-22
YU47102A (en) 2005-06-10
GEP20053626B (en) 2005-10-10
NO20023013D0 (en) 2002-06-21
PE20010989A1 (en) 2001-10-01
CA2393749C (en) 2008-06-17
CO5261613A1 (en) 2003-03-31
IS6413A (en) 2002-06-11
BR0016651A (en) 2002-09-10
ZA200204862B (en) 2003-03-17
AR029214A1 (en) 2003-06-18
BG106840A (en) 2003-01-31
UA74815C2 (en) 2006-02-15
EE200200342A (en) 2003-06-16
NZ520258A (en) 2004-05-28
KR20020082839A (en) 2002-10-31
HK1057560A1 (en) 2004-04-08
AU2336201A (en) 2001-07-03
SK8972002A3 (en) 2002-11-06
WO2001046151A1 (en) 2001-06-28
CA2393749A1 (en) 2001-06-28
EA200200702A1 (en) 2003-02-27
EA004747B1 (en) 2004-08-26
HRP20020545A2 (en) 2005-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6743802B2 (en) Alkyne-aryl phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
US6410563B1 (en) Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
EP1244628A1 (en) Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
EP1363635B1 (en) Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
EP1519922A1 (en) Di-aryl-substituted ethane pyridone pde4 inhibitors
AU2002322940A1 (en) Alkyne-aryl phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
AU2001297603A1 (en) Substituted 8-arylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
US6399636B2 (en) Tri-aryl-substituted-ethane PDE4 inhibitors
WO2003002118A1 (en) Substituted 8-arylquinoline pde4 inhibitors
AU2002344885A1 (en) Substituted 8-arylquinoline PDE4 Inhibitors
EP1635829A1 (en) 8-(3-biaryl)phenylquinoline phosphodiesterase-4-inhibitors
US6639077B2 (en) Tri-aryl-substituted-ethane PDE4 inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20020722

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Free format text: AL PAYMENT 20020722;LT PAYMENT 20020722;LV PAYMENT 20020722;MK PAYMENT 20020722;RO PAYMENT 20020722;SI PAYMENT 20020722

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: MERCK FROSST CANADA LTD.

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20081216

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20100728